User Manual

ManualsBrandsSiemens ManualsVariable Speed DriveSINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual

SINAMICS G120

Control Units CU230P-2

Parameter Manual · 06/2011

SINAMICS

Summary of content (732 pages)

PAGE 1
SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual · 06/2011 SINAMICS s
PAGE 2
PAGE 3
s Parameters SINAMICS Function diagrams Faults and Alarms SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Appendix List of Abbreviations Parameter Manual Index Valid for Control Units Firmware version CU230P-2 BT 4.4 SP1 CU230P-2 CAN 4.4 CU230P-2 DP 4.4 CU230P-2 HVAC 4.
PAGE 4
Safety Guidelines This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger. Danger indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.
PAGE 5
Contents 1 2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 Introduction to Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explanation of list of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Numerical ranges of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 1-8 1-16 1.2 List of Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 6
Contents 2.15 Data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-650 Faults and Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-653 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 Faults and Alarms – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fault reactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 7
1 Parameters Contents 1.1 Introduction to Parameters 1.2 List of Parameters 1.3 Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1-470 1.4 Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1-480 1.
PAGE 8
Parameters Introduction to Parameters 1.1 Introduction to Parameters 1.1.1 Explanation of list of parameters The layout of the parameter description is as follows (example only). Index r0068[0...1] Fig.
PAGE 9
Parameters Introduction to Parameters Parameter text (Long name/Short name) Indicates the name of the relevant parameter. Certain parameter names include the following abbreviated prefixes: BI, BO, CI, CO and CO/BO followed by a colon. These abbreviations have the following meanings: BI = BO = CI = CO = CO/BO = P9999 (0) Binector Input, i.e. parameter selects the source of a binary signal Binector Output, i.e. parameter connects as a binary signal r9999 r9999 (999:9) Connector Input, i.e.
PAGE 10
Parameters Introduction to Parameters Data type The data types available are shown in the table below.
PAGE 11
Parameters Introduction to Parameters Scaling Specification of the reference value with which a signal value is automatically converted for a BICO interconnection. Reference quantities, corresponding to 100 %, are required for the statement of physical units as percentages. These reference quantities are entered in parameters p2000 ... p2007. Percent Reference quantity p2000...
PAGE 12
Parameters Introduction to Parameters Can be changed Inverter state in which the parameter is changeable. Three states are possible:  Commissioning C(x)  Run U  Ready to run T In these states the parameter can be changed. One, two or all three states may be specified. If all three states are specified, it is possible to change the parameter setting in all three inverter states. (x) shows, that the parameter is only changeable when p0010 = x.
PAGE 13
Parameters Introduction to Parameters "Unit group" and "Unit selection" For parameters where the unit can be switched, the specifications for "Unit group" and "Unit selection" determine the group to which this parameter belongs and with which parameter the unit can be switched over. The standard unit of a parameter is specified in square parentheses after the values for "Min", "Max", and "Factory setting". Min Indicates the minimum value to which the parameter can be set.
PAGE 14
Parameters Introduction to Parameters Table 1-4 Unit group (p0505) Unit group Unit selection for p0505 = 1 2 at % 4 2_1 Hz % Hz % p2000 3_1 rpm % rpm % p2000 5_1 Vrms % Vrms % p2001 5_2 V % V % p2001 5_3 V % V % p2001 6_2 Arms % Arms % p2002 6_5 A % A % p2002 7_1 Nm % lbf ft % p2003 7_2 Nm Nm lbf ft lbf ft - 14_5 kW % HP % r2004 14_10 kW kW HP HP - 21_1 °C °C °F °F - 21_2 K K °F °F - 39_1 1/s2 % 1/s2 % p2007 Table 1-
PAGE 15
Parameters Introduction to Parameters Table 1-8 Unit group (p11226) Unit group Unit selection for p11226 = Value 9_4 Unit Reference value at % The values that can be set and the technological units are shown in p11226 (see Chapter 1.2). Description Explanation of the parameter function. Values List of possible parameter values. Recommendation Information about recommended settings.
PAGE 16
Parameters Introduction to Parameters 1.1.2 Numerical ranges of parameters Note: The following numerical ranges of the parameters describe a general overview of SINAMICS parameters. The specific parameters are listed in Chapter 1.2.
PAGE 17
Parameters List of Parameters 1.2 List of Parameters Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4402900, Language: eng Objects: CU230P-2 BT, CU230P-2 CAN, CU230P-2 DP, CU230P-2 HVAC r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 200 Factory setting - Description: Operating display for the drive.
PAGE 18
Parameters List of Parameters p0010 Description: Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 49 Factory setting 1 Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive. Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
PAGE 19
Parameters List of Parameters p0014 Buffer memory mode / Buf mem mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the mode for the buffer memory.
PAGE 20
Parameters List of Parameters p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit CU230P-2 BT Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU230P-2 CAN Can be changed: C, C(1) Scaling: - Data set: - CU230P-2 HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 999999 Description: Factory setting 12 Runs the corresponding macro files. The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory. Example: p0015 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
PAGE 21
Parameters List of Parameters r0020 Speed setpoint smoothed / n_set smth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Description: Displays the currently smoothed speed setpoint at the input of the speed controller or U/f characteristic (after the interpolator).
PAGE 22
Parameters List of Parameters r0025 CO: Output voltage smoothed / U_outp smooth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Description: Displays the smoothed output voltage of the power unit.
PAGE 23
Parameters List of Parameters r0028 Modulation depth smoothed / Mod_depth smth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the modulation depth. Dependency: Refer to: r0074 Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms Factory setting - [%] The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
PAGE 24
Parameters List of Parameters r0032 CO: Active power actual value smoothed / P_actv_act smth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: r2004 Data set: - Units group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [kW] Max - [kW] Factory setting - [kW] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the active power. Dependency: Refer to: r0082 Notice: This smoothed signal is not suitable for diagnostics or evaluation of dynamic operations.
PAGE 25
Parameters List of Parameters r0035 CO: Motor temperature / Mot temp Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Data set: - Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [°C] Max - [°C] Description: Note: Displays the actual temperature in the motor. For r0035 not equal to -200.0 °C, the following applies: - this temperature display is valid. - a KTY sensor is connected. - for induction motors, the thermal motor model is activated (p0601 = 0).
PAGE 26
Parameters List of Parameters r0038 Power factor smoothed / Cos phi smooth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the smoothed actual power factor. Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms Factory setting - The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
PAGE 27
Parameters List of Parameters r0046.0...31 CO/BO: Missing enable sig / Missing enable sig Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays missing enable signals that are preventing the closed-loop drive control from being commissioned.
PAGE 28
Parameters List of Parameters Note: The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for this drive are present. Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal. - there is a "switching on inhibited". Bit 01 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0844 or p0845 is a 0 signal. Bit 02 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0848 or p0849 is a 0 signal. Bit 03 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0852 is a 0 signal.
PAGE 29
Parameters List of Parameters r0047 Motor data ident. routine and speed controller optimization / MotID and n_opt Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 300 Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual status for the motor data identification (stationary measurement) and the speed/velocity controller optimization (rotating measurement).
PAGE 30
Parameters List of Parameters r0052.0...15 CO/BO: Status word 1 / ZSW 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays status word 1.
PAGE 31
Parameters List of Parameters r0053.0...11 CO/BO: Status word 2 / ZSW 2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays status word 2.
PAGE 32
Parameters List of Parameters r0054.0...15 CO/BO: Control word 1 / STW 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays control word 1.
PAGE 33
Parameters List of Parameters r0055.0...15 CO/BO: Supplementary control word / Suppl STW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays supplementary control word. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 08 09 11 12 13 15 Note: The following control bits are displayed in r0055: Signal name Fixed setp bit 0 Fixed setp bit 1 Fixed setp bit 2 Fixed setp bit 3 DDS select. bit 0 DDS select.
PAGE 34
Parameters List of Parameters r0056.0...15 CO/BO: Status word, closed-loop control / ZSW cl-loop ctrl PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM240 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the status word of the closed-loop control.
PAGE 35
Parameters List of Parameters r0060 CO: Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter / n_set before filt. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Description: Displays the actual speed setpoint at the input of the speed controller or U/f characteristic (after the interpolator).
PAGE 36
Parameters List of Parameters r0066 CO: Output frequency / f_outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 2_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Hz] Max - [Hz] Factory setting - [Hz] Description: Displays the output frequency of the power unit. Dependency: Refer to: r0024 Note: The output frequency is available smoothed (r0024) and unsmoothed (r0066).
PAGE 37
Parameters List of Parameters r0070 CO: Actual DC link voltage / Vdc act val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [V] Max - [V] Factory setting - [V] Description: Displays the measured actual value of the DC link voltage. Dependency: Refer to: r0026 Notice: When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V, for the Power Module (e.g. PM240) a valid measured value is not supplied.
PAGE 38
Parameters List of Parameters r0074 CO: Modulat_depth / Modulat_depth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Displays the actual modulation depth. Dependency: Refer to: r0028 Note: For space vector modulation, 100% corresponds to the maximum output voltage without overcontrol.
PAGE 39
Parameters List of Parameters r0078 CO: Current actual value torque-generating / Iq_act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Data set: - Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Description: Displays the torque-generating current actual value (Iq_act). Dependency: Refer to: r0030 Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode.
PAGE 40
Parameters List of Parameters r0082[0...2] CO: Active power actual value / P_act Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: r2004 Data set: - Units group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [kW] Max - [kW] Factory setting - [kW] Description: Displays the instantaneous active power.
PAGE 41
Parameters List of Parameters r0094 CO: Transformation angle / Transformat_angle Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2005 Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [°] Max - [°] Description: Displays the transformation angle. Dependency: Refer to: r1778 Note: The transformation angle corresponds to the electrical commutation angle.
PAGE 42
Parameters List of Parameters r0197 Bootloader vers / Bootloader vers Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the bootloader version. Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0198 Note: Example: Factory setting - The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00. r0198[0...
PAGE 43
Parameters List of Parameters p0201[0...n] Power unit code number / PU code no Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(2) Scaling: - Data set: PDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the actual code number from r0200 to acknowledge the power unit being used. Note: The parameter is used to identify when the drive is being commissioned for the first time.
PAGE 44
Parameters List of Parameters r0204[0...n] Power unit hardware properties / PU HW property Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: PDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the properties supported by the power unit hardware.
PAGE 45
Parameters List of Parameters r0206[0...4] Rated power unit power / PU P_rated Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: 14_6 Unit selection: p0100 Min - [kW] Max - [kW] Description: Displays the rated power unit power for various load duty cycles.
PAGE 46
Parameters List of Parameters r0209[0...4] Power unit, maximum current / PU I_max Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Description: Displays the maximum output current of the power unit.
PAGE 47
Parameters List of Parameters p0230 Drive filter type, motor side / Drv filt type mot Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 2) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 4 Description: Sets the type of the filter at the motor side.
PAGE 48
Parameters List of Parameters p0233 Power unit motor reactor / PU mot reactor Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(2), U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [mH] Max 1000.000 [mH] Factory setting 0.000 [mH] Description: Enter the inductance of a filter connected at the power unit output.
PAGE 49
Parameters List of Parameters p0278 DC link voltage undervoltage threshold reduction / Vdc U_under red Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -80 [V] Max 0 [V] Factory setting 0 [V] Description: Sets the absolute value by which the threshold to initiate the undervoltage fault (F30003) is reduced.
PAGE 50
Parameters List of Parameters p0290 Description: Power unit overload response / PU overld response Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 2 Sets the response to a thermal overload condition of the power unit. The following quantities can result in a response to thermal overload: - heat sink temperature (r0037.0) - chip temperature (r0037.
PAGE 51
Parameters List of Parameters p0294 Power unit alarm with I2t overload / PU I2t alrm thresh Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10.0 [%] Max 100.0 [%] Description: Sets the alarm threshold for the I2t power unit overload. Dependency: Refer to: r0036, p0290 Factory setting 95.
PAGE 52
Parameters List of Parameters p0300[0...n] Description: Motor type selection / Mot type sel Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 204 Factory setting 0 Selecting the motor type.
PAGE 53
Parameters List of Parameters p0305[0...n] Rated motor current / Mot I_rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 10000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the rated motor current (rating plate). Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
PAGE 54
Parameters List of Parameters p0309[0...n] Rated motor efficiency / Mot eta_rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 99.9 [%] Description: Sets the rated motor efficiency (rating plate). Dependency: This parameter is only available for NEMA motors (p0100 = 1). Factory setting 0.0 [%] For a parameter value of 0.
PAGE 55
Parameters List of Parameters r0313[0...n] Description: Motor pole pair number, actual (or calculated) / Mot PolePairNo act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the number of motor pole pairs. The value is used for internal calculations. r0313 = 1: 2-pole motor r0313 = 2: 4-pole motor, etc. Dependency: For p0314 > 0, the entered value is displayed in r0313.
PAGE 56
Parameters List of Parameters p0318[0...n] Motor stall current / Mot I_standstill Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3) Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 10000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the stall current for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
PAGE 57
Parameters List of Parameters p0323[0...n] Maximum motor current / Mot I_max Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 20000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the maximum permissible motor current (e.g. de-magnetizing current for synchronous motors).
PAGE 58
Parameters List of Parameters p0327[0...n] Description: Optimum motor load angle / Mot phi_load opt Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [°] Max 135.0 [°] Factory setting 90.0 [°] Sets the optimum load angle for synchronous motors with reluctance torque. The load angle is measured at the rated motor current.
PAGE 59
Parameters List of Parameters r0331[0...n] Description: Actual motor magnetizing current/short-circuit current / Mot I_mag_rtd act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Induction motor: Displays the rated magnetizing current from p0320. For p0320 = 0, the internally calculated magnetizing current is displayed.
PAGE 60
Parameters List of Parameters r0334[0...n] Actual motor-torque constant / Mot kT act Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Min - [Nm/A] Max - [Nm/A] Description: Displays the torque constant of the synchronous motor used.
PAGE 61
Parameters List of Parameters p0340[0...n] Automatic calculation, motor/control parameters / Calc auto par Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 5 Factory setting 0 Description: Setting to automatically calculate motor parameters and U/f open-loop and closed-loop control parameters from the rating plate data.
PAGE 62
Parameters List of Parameters p0341[0...n] Motor moment of inertia / Mot M_mom of inert Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Min 0.000000 [kgm²] Max 100000.000000 [kgm²] Description: Sets the motor moment of inertia (without load). Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit kg m^2 Factory setting 0.
PAGE 63
Parameters List of Parameters r0345[0...n] Nominal motor starting time / Mot t_start_rated Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [s] Max - [s] Factory setting - [s] Description: Displays the rated motor starting time. This time corresponds to the time from standstill up to reaching the motor rated speed and the acceleration with motor rated torque (r0333).
PAGE 64
Parameters List of Parameters p0350[0...n] Motor stator resistance, cold / Mot R_stator cold Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00000 [ohm] Max 2000.00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0.00000 [ohm] Description: Sets the stator resistance of the motor at ambient temperature p0625.
PAGE 65
Parameters List of Parameters p0356[0...n] Description: Motor stator leakage inductance / Mot L_stator leak. Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00000 [mH] Max 1000.00000 [mH] Factory setting 0.00000 [mH] Induction machine: sets the stator leakage inductance of the motor. Synchronous motor: Sets the stator quadrature axis inductance of the motor.
PAGE 66
Parameters List of Parameters p0360[0...n] Description: Motor magnetizing inductance / Mot Lh Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00000 [mH] Max 10000.00000 [mH] Factory setting 0.00000 [mH] Sets the magnetizing inductance of the motor. This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1, 2) or using the motor identification routine (p1910).
PAGE 67
Parameters List of Parameters p0364[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic flux 3 / Mot saturat.flux 3 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10.0 [%] Max 300.0 [%] Factory setting 115.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 68
Parameters List of Parameters p0367[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 2 / Mot sat. I_mag 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5.0 [%] Max 800.0 [%] Factory setting 75.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 69
Parameters List of Parameters r0370[0...n] Description: Motor stator resistance, cold / Mot R_stator cold Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Factory setting - [ohm] Displays the motor stator resistance at an ambient temperature (p0625). The value does not include the cable resistance. Dependency: r0372[0...
PAGE 70
Parameters List of Parameters r0377[0...n] Description: r0378[0...n] Motor leakage inductance, total / Mot L_leak total Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [mH] Max - [mH] Factory setting - [mH] Displays the stator leakage inductance of the motor including the motor reactor (p0233).
PAGE 71
Parameters List of Parameters r0395[0...n] Actual stator resistance / R_stator act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Factory setting - [ohm] Description: Displays the actual stator resistance (phase value). Dependency: In the case of induction motors the parameter is also affected by the motor temperature model.
PAGE 72
Parameters List of Parameters p0500 Technology application / Tec application PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1, 5), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Description: Factory setting 0 Sets the technology application. The parameter influences the calculation of open-loop and closed-loop control parameters that is e.g. initiated using p0340 = 5.
PAGE 73
Parameters List of Parameters p0505 Selecting the system of units / Unit sys select Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(5) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 4 Factory setting 1 Description: Adjustable parameter of the actual system of units. Value: 1: 2: 3: 4: Dependency: The parameter cannot be changed if the master control was fetched. Caution: If a per unit representation is selected and if the reference parameters (e.g.
PAGE 74
Parameters List of Parameters p0595 Selecting technological units / Select tech units Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(5) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 46 Factory setting 1 Description: Selects the units for the parameters of the technology controller.
PAGE 75
Parameters List of Parameters p0596 Reference quantity, technological units / Ref tech units Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.01 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 1.00 Description: Sets the reference quantity for the technological units. When changing over using changeover parameter 595 to absolute units, all of the parameters involved refer to the reference quantity.
PAGE 76
Parameters List of Parameters p0605[0...n] Motor temperature fault threshold / Mot_temp flt thr Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.0 [°C] Max 240.0 [°C] Factory setting 145.0 [°C] Description: Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
PAGE 77
Parameters List of Parameters p0610[0...n] Motor overtemperature response / Mot temp response CU230P-2 BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 2 Description: Sets the system response when the motor temperature reaches the alarm threshold.
PAGE 78
Parameters List of Parameters p0611[0...n] Description: I2t motor model thermal time constant / I2t mot_mod T Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [s] Max 20000 [s] Factory setting 0 [s] Sets the winding time constant.
PAGE 79
Parameters List of Parameters p0620[0...n] Thermal adaptation, stator and rotor resistance / Mot therm_adapt R Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the thermal adaptation of the stator/primary section resistance and rotor/secondary section resistance according to r0395 and r0396.
PAGE 80
Parameters List of Parameters p0622[0...n] Motor excitation time for Rs_ident after powering up again / t_excit Rs_id Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 20.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the excitation time of the motor for the stator resistance identification after powering up again (restart).
PAGE 81
Parameters List of Parameters p0627[0...n] Motor overtemperature, stator winding / Mot T_over stator Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: 21_2 Unit selection: p0505 Min 20 [K] Max 200 [K] Factory setting 80 [K] Description: Defines the rated overtemperature of the stator winding referred to the ambient temperature.
PAGE 82
Parameters List of Parameters r0633[0...n] Motor temperature model, rotor temperature / MotTMod T_rotor Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Data set: MDS Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [°C] Max - [°C] Description: Displays the rotor temperature of the motor temperature model. p0634[0...
PAGE 83
Parameters List of Parameters p0640[0...n] Current limit / Current limit Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 10000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the current limit.
PAGE 84
Parameters List of Parameters p0651[0...n] Description: Motor operating hours maintenance interval / Mot t_op maint Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [h] Max 150000 [h] Factory setting 0 [h] Sets the service/maintenance intervals in hours for the appropriate motor. An appropriate fault is output when the operating hours set here are reached.
PAGE 85
Parameters List of Parameters p0700[0...n] Command source selection / Cmd src sel CU230P-2 DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 184 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the command source. Value: 0: 2: 6: 100: 101: 110: 120: 140: 150: 152: 170: 181: 182: 183: 184: Caution: When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
PAGE 86
Parameters List of Parameters r0720[0...
PAGE 87
Parameters List of Parameters r0722.0...12 CO/BO: CU digital inputs, status / CU DI status Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the status of the digital inputs. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 11 12 Dependency: Refer to: r0723 Notice: To the terminal designation: Signal name DI 0 (T. 5) DI 1 (T. 6) DI 2 (T. 7) DI 3 (T. 8) DI 4 (T. 16) DI 5 (T. 17) DI 11 (T.
PAGE 88
Parameters List of Parameters p0724 CU digital inputs debounce time / CU DI t_debounce Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [ms] Max 20.000 [ms] Description: Sets the debounce time for digital inputs. Note: The digital inputs are read in cyclically every 2 ms (DI 11, DI 12 every 4 ms). Factory setting 4.
PAGE 89
Parameters List of Parameters r0747 CU, digital outputs status / CU DO status Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the status of digital outputs. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 Note: DO: Digital Output Signal name DO 0 (NO: T. 19 / NC: T. 18) DO 1 (NO: T. 21) DO 2 (NO: T. 24 / NC: T.
PAGE 90
Parameters List of Parameters r0752[0...3] Description: CO: CU analog inputs input voltage/current actual / CU AI U/I_inp act Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the actual input voltage in V when set as voltage input. Displays the actual input current in mA when set as current input and with the load resistor switched in.
PAGE 91
Parameters List of Parameters p0756[0...3] CU analog inputs type / CU AI type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting [0] 4 [1] 4 [2] 2 [3] 8 Description: Sets the type of analog inputs. p0756[0...1] = 0, 1, 4 corresponds to a voltage input (r0752, p0757, p0759 are displayed in V). p0756[0...2] = 2, 3 corresponds to a current input (r0752, p0757, p0759 are displayed in mA).
PAGE 92
Parameters List of Parameters p0757[0...3] Description: CU analog inputs characteristic value x1 / CU AI char x1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -50.000 Max 160.000 Factory setting 0.000 Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs. The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
PAGE 93
Parameters List of Parameters p0760[0...3] Description: CU analog inputs characteristic value y2 / CU AI char y2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -1000.00 [%] Max 1000.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs. The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
PAGE 94
Parameters List of Parameters p0771[0...1] CI: CU analog outputs signal source / CU AO S_src Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 21[0] [1] 27[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the analog outputs. Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13) [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Note: AO: Analog Output T: Terminal r0772[0...
PAGE 95
Parameters List of Parameters p0775[0...1] CU analog outputs activate absolute value generation / CU AO absVal act Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Description: Activates the absolute value generation for the analog outputs.
PAGE 96
Parameters List of Parameters p0778[0...1] Description: CU analog outputs characteristic value y1 / CU char y1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -20.000 [V] Max 20.000 [V] Factory setting 0.000 [V] Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs. The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
PAGE 97
Parameters List of Parameters p0782[0...1] BI: CU analog outputs invert signal source / CU AO inv S_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to invert the analog output signals. Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13) [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Note: AO: Analog Output T: Terminal r0785.0...
PAGE 98
Parameters List of Parameters p0796 CU digital inputs simulation mode setpoint / CU DI simul setp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the setpoint for the input signals in the digital input simulation mode. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 11 12 Dependency: The simulation of a digital input is selected using p0795.
PAGE 99
Parameters List of Parameters p0798[0...3] CU analog inputs simulation mode setpoint / CU AI sim setp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -50.000 Max 2000.000 Factory setting 0.000 Description: Sets the setpoint for the input value in the simulation mode of the analog inputs. Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T. 10/11) [2] = AI2 (T. 50/51) [3] = AI3 (T.
PAGE 100
Parameters List of Parameters p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start CU230P-2 BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2 CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - CU230P-2 HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1100 Description: Factory setting 0 Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory.
PAGE 101
Parameters List of Parameters p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1100 Description: Value: Dependency: Notice: Note: Factory setting 0 Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory.
PAGE 102
Parameters List of Parameters p0806 BI: Inhibit master control / PcCtrl inhibit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to block the master control. Dependency: Refer to: r0807 Note: The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control. r0807.
PAGE 103
Parameters List of Parameters p0810 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 0 / CDS select., bit 0 CU230P-2 BT Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2 CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - CU230P-2 HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 0 (CDS bit 0).
PAGE 104
Parameters List of Parameters p0819[0...2] Copy Drive Data Set DDS / Copy DDS Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: C(15) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Description: Copies one Drive Data Set (DDS) into another.
PAGE 105
Parameters List of Parameters p0826[0...n] Description: Note: r0835.2...8 Motor changeover, motor number / Mot_chng mot No. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Sets the freely-assignable motor number for the drive data set changeover. If the same motor is driven by different drive data sets, the same motor number must also be entered in these data sets.
PAGE 106
Parameters List of Parameters r0837.0...1 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS selected / DDS selected Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the drive data set (DDS) selected via the binector input. Bit field: Bit 00 01 Dependency: Refer to: r0051, p0820, p0821 Note: Drive data sets are selected via binector input p0820 and following. Signal name DDS select.
PAGE 107
Parameters List of Parameters p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1) CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.0 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "ON/OFF (OFF1)". For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 0 (STW1.0).
PAGE 108
Parameters List of Parameters p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1 CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.1 [1] 1 [2] 2090.1 [3] 2090.1 Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
PAGE 109
Parameters List of Parameters p0848[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 1 / OFF3 S_src 1 CU230P-2 BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2 CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2 HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting 1 Sets the first signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
PAGE 110
Parameters List of Parameters p0849[0...n] Description: BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Sets the second signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
PAGE 111
Parameters List of Parameters p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Operation enable CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.3 [1] 1 [2] 2090.3 [3] 2090.3 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable operation/inhibit operation". For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 3 (STW1.3).
PAGE 112
Parameters List of Parameters p0854[0...n] BI: Control by PLC/no control by PLC / Master ctrl by PLC CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.10 [1] 1 [2] 2090.10 [3] 2090.10 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "control by PLC/no control by PLC". For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 10 (STW1.10).
PAGE 113
Parameters List of Parameters r0898.0...10 CO/BO: Control word sequence control / STW seq_ctrl Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the control word of the sequence control.
PAGE 114
Parameters List of Parameters p0918 PROFIBUS address / PB address CU230P-2 DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 126 Description: Factory setting 126 Displays or sets the PROFIBUS address for PROFIBUS interface on the Control Unit. The address can be set as follows: 1) Using the DIP switch on the Control Unit. --> p0918 can then only be read and displays the selected address.
PAGE 115
Parameters List of Parameters r0945[0...63] Fault code / Fault code Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the numbers of faults that have occurred. Dependency: Refer to: r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136 Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
PAGE 116
Parameters List of Parameters r0949[0...63] Fault value / Fault value Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays additional information about the fault that occurred (as integer number). Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136 Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
PAGE 117
Parameters List of Parameters r0964[0...6] Device identification / Device ident. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the device identification.
PAGE 118
Parameters List of Parameters p0970 Description: Reset drive parameters / Drive par reset Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(1, 30) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 300 Factory setting 0 The parameter is used to initiate the reset of the drive parameters. Parameters p0100, p0205 are not reset. The following motor parameters are defined in accordance with the power unit: p0300 ... p0311.
PAGE 119
Parameters List of Parameters p0972 Drive unit reset / Drv_unit reset Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Description: Sets the required procedure to execute a hardware reset for the drive unit. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: Danger: It must be absolutely ensured that the system is in a safe condition.
PAGE 120
Parameters List of Parameters r0981[0...299] List of existing parameters 2 / List avail par 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the parameters that exist for this drive. Dependency: Refer to: r0980, r0989 Note: The existing parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here.
PAGE 121
Parameters List of Parameters r0991[0...99] List of modified parameters 2 / List chang. par 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive. Dependency: Refer to: r0990, r0999 Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98.
PAGE 122
Parameters List of Parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 200 Description: Factory setting 2 Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 123
Parameters List of Parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU230P-2 DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 200 Description: Value: Factory setting 6 Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 124
Parameters List of Parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU230P-2 BT Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2 HVAC Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 200 Description: Value: Factory setting 2 Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 125
Parameters List of Parameters p1001[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 1 / n_set_fixed 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets a value for the fixed speed / velocity setpoint 1.
PAGE 126
Parameters List of Parameters p1006[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 6 / n_set_fixed 6 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets a value for the fixed speed / velocity setpoint 6.
PAGE 127
Parameters List of Parameters p1011[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 11 / n_set_fixed 11 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets a value for the fixed speed / velocity setpoint 11.
PAGE 128
Parameters List of Parameters p1016 Description: Value: Note: p1020[0...n] Description: Dependency: Fixed speed setpoint mode / n_setp_fixed mode Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Sets the mode to select the fixed speed setpoint. 1: Direct selection 2: Selection binary coded Re p1016 = 1: In this mode, the fixed speed setpoint is entered using p1001 ... p1004.
PAGE 129
Parameters List of Parameters p1023[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 3 / n_set_fixed Bit 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint. Dependency: Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 ... p1023. Displays the number of the actual fixed speed setpoint in r1197.
PAGE 130
Parameters List of Parameters p1030[0...n] Motorized potentiometer configuration / Mop configuration Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0110 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 131
Parameters List of Parameters p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.13 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 132
Parameters List of Parameters p1038[0...n] Motorized potentiometer minimum speed / MotP n_min Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the minimum speed/velocity for the motorized potentiometer. Note: This parameter is automatically pre-assigned in the commissioning phase. Factory setting 0.
PAGE 133
Parameters List of Parameters p1042[0...n] CI: Motorized potentiometer automatic setpoint / Mop auto setpoint Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint of the motorized potentiometer in the automatic mode. Dependency: Refer to: p1041 p1043[0...
PAGE 134
Parameters List of Parameters p1048[0...n] Description: Motorized potentiometer ramp-down time / Mop ramp-down time Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 1000.000 [s] Factory setting 10.000 [s] Sets the ramp-down time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 135
Parameters List of Parameters p1055[0...n] BI: Jog bit 0 / Jog bit 0 CU230P-2 BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2 CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2 HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Sets the signal source for jog 1. Dependency: Refer to: p0840, p1058 Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056.
PAGE 136
Parameters List of Parameters p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1 CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 0 [1] 722.1 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for jog 2. Dependency: Refer to: p0840, p1059 Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056.
PAGE 137
Parameters List of Parameters p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint CU230P-2 BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU230P-2 CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2 HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 755[0] [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the main setpoint. Examples: r1024: Fixed speed setpoint effective r1050: Motor.
PAGE 138
Parameters List of Parameters p1075[0...n] CI: Suppl setpoint / Suppl setpoint Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Sets the signal source for the supplementary setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: p1076, r1077, r1078 p1076[0...
PAGE 139
Parameters List of Parameters p1082[0...n] Maximum speed / n_max Access level: 1 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 1500.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the highest possible speed.
PAGE 140
Parameters List of Parameters p1085[0...n] CI: Speed limit in positive direction of rotation / n_limit pos Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1083[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the speed limit of the positive direction. p1086[0...
PAGE 141
Parameters List of Parameters p1092[0...n] Skip speed 2 / n_skip 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets skip speed 2. Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1093, p1094, p1101 Notice: Skip bandwidths can also become ineffective as a result of the downstream limits in the setpoint channel. p1093[0...
PAGE 142
Parameters List of Parameters p1108[0...n] BI: Total setpoint selection / Total setp sel Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the total setpoint. Dependency: The selection of the total speed setpoint is automatically interconnected to the status word of the technology controller (r2349.
PAGE 143
Parameters List of Parameters r1112 CO: Speed setpoint after minimum limiting / n_set n. min_lim Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Description: Displays the speed setpoint after the minimum limiting. Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1092, p1093, p1094, p1101 Factory setting - [rpm] p1113[0...
PAGE 144
Parameters List of Parameters p1115 Ramp-function generator selection / RFG selection Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the ramp-function generator type. Value: 0: 1: Note: Another ramp-function generator type can only be selected when the motor is at a standstill.
PAGE 145
Parameters List of Parameters p1121[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-down time / RFG ramp-down time PM240 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 999999.000 [s] Description: Factory setting 10.000 [s] The ramp-function generator ramps-down the speed setpoint from the maximum speed (p1082) down to standstill (setpoint = 0) in this time.
PAGE 146
Parameters List of Parameters p1130[0...n] Ramp-function generator initial rounding-off time / RFG t_start_round PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 30.000 [s] Factory setting 2.000 [s] Description: Sets the initial rounding-off time for the extended ramp generator. The value applies to ramp-up and ramp-down.
PAGE 147
Parameters List of Parameters p1134[0...n] Ramp-function generator rounding-off type / RFG round-off type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the smoothed response to the OFF1 command or the reduced setpoint for the extended ramp-function generator. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: No effect up to initial rounding-off time (p1130) > 0 s.
PAGE 148
Parameters List of Parameters p1136[0...n] OFF3 initial rounding-off time / RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 30.000 [s] Description: p1137[0...n] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Sets the initial rounding-off time for OFF3 for the extended ramp generator.
PAGE 149
Parameters List of Parameters p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / RFG enable CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.4 [1] 1 [2] 2090.4 [3] 2090.4 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator".
PAGE 150
Parameters List of Parameters p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.5 [1] 1 [2] 2090.5 [3] 2090.5 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator".
PAGE 151
Parameters List of Parameters p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.6 [1] 1 [2] 2090.6 [3] 2090.6 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint". For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 6 (STW1.6).
PAGE 152
Parameters List of Parameters p1145[0...n] Description: Ramp-function generator tracking intensity. / RFG track intens Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 Max 50.0 Factory setting 0.0 Sets the ramp-function generator tracking. The output value of the ramp-function generator is tracked (corrected) corresponding to the maximum possible drive acceleration.
PAGE 153
Parameters List of Parameters p1155[0...n] CI: Speed controller speed setpoint 1 / n_ctrl n_set 1 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Sets the signal source for speed setpoint 1 of the speed controller. Dependency: The effectiveness of this setpoint depends on, e.g. STW1.4 and STW1.6.
PAGE 154
Parameters List of Parameters r1197 Fixed speed setpoint number actual / n_set_fixed No act Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of the selected fixed speed/velocity setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023 Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ...
PAGE 155
Parameters List of Parameters p1200[0...n] Description: FlyRest oper mode / FlyRest op_mode Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 4 Factory setting 0 Sets the operating mode for flying restart. The flying restart allows the drive converter to be powered up while the motor is still rotating.
PAGE 156
Parameters List of Parameters p1202[0...n] FlyRest srch curr / FlyRest I_srch PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10 [%] Max 400 [%] Description: Factory setting 90 [%] Sets the search current for the "flying restart" function. The value is referred to the motor magnetizing current. Dependency: The parameter is pre-assigned depending on the size of the power unit.
PAGE 157
Parameters List of Parameters p1203[0...n] Flying restart search rate factor / FlyRst v_Srch Fact PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10 [%] Max 4000 [%] Factory setting 100 [%] Description: The value influences the rate at which the output frequency is changed during a flying restart . A higher value results in a longer search time.
PAGE 158
Parameters List of Parameters r1205.0...15 CO/BO: Flying restart, vector control status / FlyRest vector st Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status for checking and monitoring flying restart states in the vector control mode. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Note: Re bit 00 ...
PAGE 159
Parameters List of Parameters p1210 Description: Automatic restart, mode / AR mode Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 26 Factory setting 0 Sets the automatic restart mode (AR). The parameters must be saved in the non-volatile memory p0971 = 1 in order that the setting becomes effective.
PAGE 160
Parameters List of Parameters p1211 Automatic restart, start attempts / AR start attempts Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 10 Factory setting 3 Description: Sets the start attempts of the automatic restart function for p1210 = 4, 6, 14, 16, 26. Dependency: Refer to: p1210, r1214 Refer to: F07320 Caution: A change is only accepted and made in the state "initialization" (r1214.
PAGE 161
Parameters List of Parameters p1213[0...1] Automatic restart, monitoring time / AR t_monitoring Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [s] Max 10000.0 [s] Factory setting [0] 60.0 [s] [1] 0.0 [s] Description: Sets the monitoring time of the automatic restart (AR).
PAGE 162
Parameters List of Parameters r1214.0...15 CO/BO: Automatic restart, status / AR status Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the status of the automatic restart (AR).
PAGE 163
Parameters List of Parameters p1226[0...n] Description: Threshold for zero speed detection / n_standst n_thresh Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 20.00 [rpm] Sets the speed threshold for the standstill identification. Acts on the actual value and setpoint monitoring.
PAGE 164
Parameters List of Parameters p1228 Description: Pulse suppression delay time / Pulse suppr t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 299.000 [s] Factory setting 0.010 [s] Sets the delay time for pulse suppression. After OFF1 or OFF3 and zero speed detection, the system waits for this time to expire and the pulses are then suppressed.
PAGE 165
Parameters List of Parameters p1231[0...n] DC braking configuration / DCBRK config Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 14 Description: Setting to activate DC braking. Value: 0: 4: 5: 14: Dependency: Refer to: p0300, p1232, p1233, p1234, r1239 Note: The function is activated as soon as the activation criterion is fulfilled.
PAGE 166
Parameters List of Parameters p1232[0...n] DC braking, braking current / DCBRK I_brake Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 10000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the braking current for DC braking.
PAGE 167
Parameters List of Parameters p1240[0...n] Vdc controller or Vdc monitoring configuration (vector control) / Vdc_ctr config vec PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the controller configuration of the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the closed-loop control mode. For U/f control: see p1280.
PAGE 168
Parameters List of Parameters r1242 Vdc_max controller switch-in level / Vdc_max on_level PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [V] Max - [V] Description: Factory setting - [V] Displays the switch-in level for the Vdc_max controller. If p1254 = 0 (automatic sensing of the switch-in level = off), then the following applies: r1242 = 1.15 * sqrt(2) * V_mains = 1.
PAGE 169
Parameters List of Parameters p1245[0...n] Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 65 [%] Max 150 [%] Description: Factory setting 76 [%] Sets the switch-in level for the Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 170
Parameters List of Parameters p1250[0...n] Vdc controller proportional gain / Vdc_ctrl Kp PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 1.00 Description: Sets the proportional gain for the DC-link voltage controller (Vdc_min controller, Vdc_max controller).
PAGE 171
Parameters List of Parameters p1255[0...n] Vdc_min controller time threshold / Vdc_min t_thresh PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 1800.000 [s] Description: Factory setting 0.000 [s] Sets the time threshold for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering). If this value is exceeded a fault is output; the required response can be parameterized.
PAGE 172
Parameters List of Parameters p1260 Bypass configuration / Bypass config Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the configuration for the bypass function. Value: 0: 3: Note: When the converter is switched on, the state of the bypass contactor is evaluated. If the automatic restart is active (p1210 = 4) and both an ON command (r0054.
PAGE 173
Parameters List of Parameters p1264 Bypass delay time / Bypass t_del Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 300.000 [s] Factory setting 1.000 [s] Description: Sets the delay time for switching to line operation for a non-synchronized bypass.
PAGE 174
Parameters List of Parameters p1269[0...1] BI: Bypass switch feedback signal / Bypass FS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 1261.0 [1] 1261.1 Description: Sets the signal source for the feedback signal of the bypass switch.
PAGE 175
Parameters List of Parameters p1280[0...n] Vdc controller or Vdc monitoring configuration (U/f) / Vdc_ctr config U/f PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the configuration of the controller for the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the U/f operating mode.
PAGE 176
Parameters List of Parameters p1285[0...n] Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) (U/f) / Vdc_min on_level PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 65 [%] Max 150 [%] Description: Factory setting 76 [%] Sets the switch-in level for the Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 177
Parameters List of Parameters p1290[0...n] Vdc controller proportional gain (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl Kp PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 1.00 Description: Sets the proportional gain for the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller). Note: The gain factor is proportional to the capacitance of the DC link.
PAGE 178
Parameters List of Parameters p1295[0...n] Vdc_min controller time threshold (U/f) / Vdc_min t_thresh PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 10000.000 [s] Description: Factory setting 0.000 [s] Sets the time threshold for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering). If this value is exceeded a fault is output; the required response can be parameterized.
PAGE 179
Parameters List of Parameters p1300[0...n] Open-loop/closed-loop control operating mode / Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 22 Factory setting 2 Description: Sets the open and closed-loop control mode of a drive.
PAGE 180
Parameters List of Parameters p1300[0...n] Open-loop/closed-loop control operating mode / Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 22 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the open and closed-loop control mode of a drive.
PAGE 181
Parameters List of Parameters p1310[0...n] Description: Voltage boost permanent / U_boost perm Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 250.0 [%] Factory setting 50.0 [%] Defines the voltage boost as a [%] referred to the rated motor current (p0305).
PAGE 182
Parameters List of Parameters p1312[0...n] Description: Dependency: Notice: Note: r1315 Description: Voltage boost when starting / U_boost starting Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 250.0 [%] Factory setting 0.0 [%] Setting for an additional voltage boost when powering-up, however, only for the first acceleration phase.
PAGE 183
Parameters List of Parameters p1322[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 2 / Uf char f2 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Hz] Max 3000.00 [Hz] Factory setting 0.00 [Hz] Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
PAGE 184
Parameters List of Parameters p1326[0...n] Description: U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 4 / Uf char f4 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Hz] Max 10000.00 [Hz] Factory setting 0.00 [Hz] The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
PAGE 185
Parameters List of Parameters p1333[0...n] U/f control FCC starting frequency / U/f FCC f_start Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Hz] Max 3000.00 [Hz] Factory setting 0.00 [Hz] Description: Sets the starting frequency at which FCC (Flux Current Control) is activated. Dependency: The correct operating mode must be set (p1300 = 1, 6).
PAGE 186
Parameters List of Parameters p1336[0...n] Slip compensation limit value / Slip comp lim val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [%] Max 600.00 [%] Factory setting 250.00 [%] Description: Sets the limit value for slip compensation in [%] referred to r0330 (motor rated slip).
PAGE 187
Parameters List of Parameters p1340[0...n] Description: I_max frequency controller proportional gain / I_max_ctrl Kp Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 Max 0.500 Factory setting 0.000 Sets the proportional gain of the I_max voltage controller. The I_max controller reduces the drive converter output current if the maximum current (r0067) is exceeded.
PAGE 188
Parameters List of Parameters r1344 I_max controller voltage output / I_max_ctrl U_outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Description: Dependency: Displays the amount by which the converter output voltage is reduced. Refer to: p1340 p1345[0...
PAGE 189
Parameters List of Parameters p1350[0...n] Soft starting / Soft starting Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets whether the voltage is continuously increased during the magnetizing phase (p1350 = 1, On) or whether it jumps directly to the voltage boost (p1350 = 0, Off).
PAGE 190
Parameters List of Parameters p1401[0...
PAGE 191
Parameters List of Parameters r1406.4...15 CO/BO: Control word speed controller / STW n_ctrl Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the control word of the speed controller. Bit field: Bit 04 05 11 12 15 r1407.0...
PAGE 192
Parameters List of Parameters r1408.0...14 CO/BO: Status word current controller / ZSW I_ctrl Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the current controller status word. Bit field: Bit 00 01 03 10 12 13 14 p1416[0...
PAGE 193
Parameters List of Parameters r1444 Description: Speed controller, speed setpoint steady-state (static) / n_ctrl n_set stat Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Displays the sum of all speed setpoints that are present. The following sources are available for the displayed setpoint: - setpoint at the ramp-function generator input (r1119).
PAGE 194
Parameters List of Parameters p1456[0...n] Description: Speed controller P gain adaptation lower starting point / n_ctrl AdaptKpLow Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [%] Max 400.00 [%] Factory setting 0.00 [%] Sets the lower starting point of the adaptation range for the additional adaptation of the P gain of the speed controller.
PAGE 195
Parameters List of Parameters p1461[0...n] Speed controller Kp adaptation speed, upper scaling / n_ctrl Kp n upper Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 200000.0 [%] Factory setting 100.0 [%] Description: Sets the P gain of the speed controller for the upper adaptation speed range (> p1465).
PAGE 196
Parameters List of Parameters p1466[0...n] CI: Speed controller P-gain scaling / n_ctrl Kp scal Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling of the P gain of the speed controller. This also makes the effective P gain (including adaptations) scalable.
PAGE 197
Parameters List of Parameters p1476[0...n] Description: p1477[0...n] BI: Speed controller hold integrator / n_ctrl integ stop Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source to hold the integrator for the speed controller.
PAGE 198
Parameters List of Parameters r1482 Description: p1486[0...n] CO: Speed controller I torque output / n_ctrl I-M_output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Data set: - Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Nm] Max - [Nm] Factory setting - [Nm] Displays the torque setpoint at the output of the I speed controller.
PAGE 199
Parameters List of Parameters r1490 CO: Droop feedback speed reduction / Droop n_reduction Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Description: Displays the output signal of the droop calculation. The droop feedback result is subtracted from the speed setpoint when activated (p1492). Dependency: Refer to: p1488, p1489, p1492 p1492[0...
PAGE 200
Parameters List of Parameters p1500[0...n] Torque setpoint selection / M_set sel CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 77 Description: Factory setting 0 Sets the source for the torque setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 201
Parameters List of Parameters p1500[0...n] Torque setpoint selection / M_set sel CU230P-2 DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 77 Description: Factory setting 6 Sets the source for the torque setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 202
Parameters List of Parameters p1500[0...n] Torque setpoint selection / M_set sel CU230P-2 BT Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2 HVAC Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 77 Description: Factory setting 2 Sets the source for the torque setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 203
Parameters List of Parameters p1503[0...n] CI: Torque setpoint / M_set Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2003 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the torque setpoint for torque control.
PAGE 204
Parameters List of Parameters p1514[0...n] Supplementary torque 2 scaling / M_suppl 2 scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -2000.0 [%] Max 2000.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for supplementary torque 2. r1515 Supplementary torque total / M_suppl total Description: Factory setting 100.
PAGE 205
Parameters List of Parameters p1520[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper / M_max upper Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2003 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min -1000000.00 [Nm] Max 20000000.00 [Nm] Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the fixed, upper torque limit.
PAGE 206
Parameters List of Parameters p1523[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower / M_max lower Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2003 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1521[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the lower torque limit.
PAGE 207
Parameters List of Parameters r1527 CO: Torque limit lower without offset / M_max low w/o offs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Data set: - Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Nm] Max - [Nm] Description: Displays the lower torque limit of all torque limits without offset. Dependency: Refer to: p1520, p1521, p1522, p1523, p1528, p1529 p1528[0...
PAGE 208
Parameters List of Parameters p1531[0...n] Power limit regenerative / P_max gen Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Min -100000.00 [kW] Max -0.01 [kW] Description: Sets the regenerative power limit. Dependency: Refer to: r0206, p0500, p1530 Note: The power limit is limited to 300% of the rated motor power. Factory setting -0.
PAGE 209
Parameters List of Parameters r1539 CO: Lower effective torque limit / M_max lower eff Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Data set: - Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Nm] Max - [Nm] Factory setting - [Nm] Description: Displays the currently effective lower torque limit.
PAGE 210
Parameters List of Parameters p1570[0...n] Description: CO: Flux setpoint / Flux setpoint Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 50.0 [%] Max 200.0 [%] Factory setting 100.0 [%] Sets the flux setpoint referred to rated motor flux. Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
PAGE 211
Parameters List of Parameters p1574[0...n] Voltage reserve dynamic / U_reserve dyn PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.0 [Vrms] Max 150.0 [Vrms] Factory setting 10.0 [Vrms] Description: Sets a dynamic voltage reserve.
PAGE 212
Parameters List of Parameters r1583 Description: Flux setpoint smoothed / Flux setp smooth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Displays the smoothed flux setpoint. The value is referred to the rated motor flux. p1584[0...
PAGE 213
Parameters List of Parameters p1596[0...n] Field weakening controller integral-action time / Field_ctrl Tn Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Description: Sets the integral-action time of the field-weakening controller.
PAGE 214
Parameters List of Parameters p1611[0...n] Supplementary accelerating torque (SLVC) / M_suppl_accel Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 200.0 [%] Factory setting 30.0 [%] Description: Enters the dynamic torque setpoint for the low-speed range for sensorless vector control (SLVC). This parameter is entered as a percentage referred to the rated motor torque (r0333).
PAGE 215
Parameters List of Parameters p1654[0...n] Curr. setpoint torque-gen. smoothing time field weakening range / Isq_s T_smth FW Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.1 [ms] Max 50.0 [ms] Factory setting 4.8 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the setpoint of the torque-generating current components.
PAGE 216
Parameters List of Parameters r1718 Description: CO: Isq controller output / Isq_ctrl outp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Displays the actual output of the Isq current controller (torque/force generating current, PI controller). The value contains the proportional and integral components of the PI controller.
PAGE 217
Parameters List of Parameters p1726[0...n] Quadrature arm decoupling, scaling / Transv_decpl scal Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 200.0 [%] Factory setting 75.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling of the quadrature arm decoupling Note: This parameter is ineffective for sensorless vector control. In this case, p1727 is always used.
PAGE 218
Parameters List of Parameters r1732[0...1] CO: Direct-axis voltage setpoint / Direct U set Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Description: Displays the direct-axis voltage setpoint Ud. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 r1733[0...
PAGE 219
Parameters List of Parameters p1750[0...n] Motor model configuration / MotMod config PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting 0000 1100 bin Sets the configuration for the motor model. Bit 0 = 1: Forces open-loop speed-controlled starting (ASM). Bit 1 = 1: Forces the system to pass through frequency zero, open-loop-controlled (ASM).
PAGE 220
Parameters List of Parameters p1750[0...n] Motor model configuration / MotMod config PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Unsigned8 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting 0000 0000 bin Sets the configuration for the motor model. Bit 0 = 1: Forces open-loop speed-controlled starting (ASM).
PAGE 221
Parameters List of Parameters r1751 Motor model status / MotMod status Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the status of the motor model. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 p1755[0...
PAGE 222
Parameters List of Parameters p1758[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time closed/open-loop control / MotMod t cl_op Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 100 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 500 [ms] Description: Sets the minimum time for falling below the changeover speed when changing from closed-loop controlled operation to open-loop controlled operation.
PAGE 223
Parameters List of Parameters p1764[0...n] Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Kp / MotMod woE n_adaKp Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 Max 100000.000 Factory setting 1000.000 Description: Sets the proportional gain of the controller for speed adaptation without encoder.
PAGE 224
Parameters List of Parameters r1773[0...1] Description: Index: p1774[0...n] Description: Note: p1775[0...n] Description: Motor model slip speed / MotMod slip Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Displays estimated (speed) signals of the motor model. r1773[0]: Displays the estimated (mechanical) slip of the motor model.
PAGE 225
Parameters List of Parameters r1778 Motor model flux angle difference / MotMod ang. diff. Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2005 Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [°] Max - [°] Factory setting - [°] Description: Dependency: Displays the difference between the motor model flux angle and the transformation angle. A setting for smoothing the display can be made using p1754. p1780[0...
PAGE 226
Parameters List of Parameters p1786[0...n] Description: r1787[0...n] Motor model Lh adaptation integral time / MotMod Lh Tn Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 100 [ms] Sets the integral time for the Lh adaptation of the motor model for an induction motor (ASM).
PAGE 227
Parameters List of Parameters r1797[0...n] Motor model kT adaptation corrective value / MotMod kT corr Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [Nm/A] Max - [Nm/A] Factory setting - [Nm/A] Description: Displays the corrective value of the kT adaptation of the motor model for a permanent-magnet synchronous motor (PEM).
PAGE 228
Parameters List of Parameters p1802[0...n] Modulator mode / Modulator mode PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 10 Factory setting 10 Description: Sets the modulator mode.
PAGE 229
Parameters List of Parameters p1802[0...n] Modulator mode / Modulator mode PM250 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Integer16 PM260 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 4 Factory setting 4 Description: Sets the modulator mode.
PAGE 230
Parameters List of Parameters p1806[0...n] Filter time constant Vdc correction / T_filt Vdc_corr Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [ms] Max 10000.0 [ms] Factory setting 0.0 [ms] Description: Sets the filter time constant of the DC link voltage used to calculate the modulation depth.
PAGE 231
Parameters List of Parameters p1820[0...n] Description: Reverse the output phase sequence / Outp_ph_seq rev Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(2), T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Sets the phase sequence reversal for the motor without setpoint change. If the motor does not rotate in the required direction, then the output phase sequence can be reversed using this parameter.
PAGE 232
Parameters List of Parameters p1832 Description: Dead time compensation current level / t_dead_comp I_lev Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [Arms] Max 10000.0 [Arms] Factory setting 0.0 [Arms] Sets the current level for the dead time compensation.
PAGE 233
Parameters List of Parameters p1901 Description: Test pulse evaluation configuration / Test puls config Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 bin Sets the configuration for the test pulse evaluation. Re bit 00: Check for conductor-to-conductor short circuit when pulse is enabled.
PAGE 234
Parameters List of Parameters p1909[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the motor data identification.
PAGE 235
Parameters List of Parameters p1910 Description: Motor data identification selection / MotID selection Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 26 Factory setting 0 Sets the motor data identification routine. The motor data identification routine is carried out after the next power-on command.
PAGE 236
Parameters List of Parameters r1912[0...2] Identified stator resistance / R_stator ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Description: Displays the identified stator resistance. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1913[0...
PAGE 237
Parameters List of Parameters r1916[0...2] Identified stator inductance 1 / L_stator 1 ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [mH] Max - [mH] Factory setting - [mH] Description: Displays the nominal stator inductance identified for the 1st point of the saturation characteristic. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1917[0...
PAGE 238
Parameters List of Parameters r1925[0...2] Identified threshold voltage / U_threshold ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Description: Displays the identified IGBT threshold voltage. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1926[0...
PAGE 239
Parameters List of Parameters p1960 Description: Rotating measurement selection / Rot meas sel Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Sets the rotating measurement. The rotating measurement is carried out after the next power-on command. The setting possibilities of the parameter depend on the open-loop/closed-loop control mode (p1300).
PAGE 240
Parameters List of Parameters p1965 Description: Speed_ctrl_opt speed / n_opt speed Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10 [%] Max 75 [%] Factory setting 40 [%] Sets the speed for the identification of the moment of inertia and the vibration test. Induction motor: The percentage value is referred to p0310 (rated motor frequency).
PAGE 241
Parameters List of Parameters r1969 Description: Speed_ctrl_opt moment of inertia determined / n_opt M_inert det Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Min - [kgm²] Max - [kgm²] Factory setting - [kgm²] Displays the determined moment of inertia of the drive. After it has been determined, the value is transferred to p0341, p0342.
PAGE 242
Parameters List of Parameters r1985 Description: PolID saturation curve / PolID sat_char Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Displays the saturation characteristic of the pole position identification routine (saturation technique). Displays the current characteristic of the pole position identification routine (elasticity technique).
PAGE 243
Parameters List of Parameters p2000 Description: Reference speed reference frequency / n_ref f_ref Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 6.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 1500.00 [rpm] Sets the reference quantity for speed and frequency. All speeds or frequencies specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
PAGE 244
Parameters List of Parameters p2002 Description: Reference current / I_ref Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.10 [Arms] Max 100000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 100.00 [Arms] Sets the reference quantity for currents. All currents specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity. The reference quantity in this parameter corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex or 4000 0000 hex.
PAGE 245
Parameters List of Parameters r2004 Description: Reference power / P_ref Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [kW] Max - [kW] Factory setting - [kW] Displays the reference quantity for power. All power ratings specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity. The reference quantity in this parameter corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex or 4000 0000 hex.
PAGE 246
Parameters List of Parameters p2007 Description: Reference acceleration / a_ref Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.01 [rev/s²] Max 500000.00 [rev/s²] Factory setting 0.01 [rev/s²] Sets the reference quantity for acceleration rates. All acceleration rates specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
PAGE 247
Parameters List of Parameters p2016[0...3] Description: CI: Comm IF USS PZD send word / Comm USS send word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Selects the PZD (actual values) to be sent via the commissioning interface USS. The actual values are displayed on an intelligent operator panel (IOP). Index: r2019[0...
PAGE 248
Parameters List of Parameters p2020 Field bus interface baud rate / Field bus baud CU230P-2 BT Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2 HVAC Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 4 Max 13 Description: Sets the baud rate for the field bus interface (RS485).
PAGE 249
Parameters List of Parameters p2021 Field bus interface address / Field bus address CU230P-2 BT Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU230P-2 HVAC Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 247 Description: Factory setting 0 Displays or sets the address for the fieldbus interface (RS485). The address can be set as follows: 1) Using the address switch on the Control Unit. --> p2021 displays the address setting.
PAGE 250
Parameters List of Parameters p2023 Field bus int USS PKW no. / Field bus USS PKW CU230P-2 BT Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2 HVAC Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 127 Factory setting 127 Description: Sets the number of 16-bit words in the PKW part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface.
PAGE 251
Parameters List of Parameters p2025[0...3] Fieldbus interface BACnet settings / BACnet setting CU230P-2 BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU230P-2 HVAC Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 4194303 Factory setting [0] 1 [1] 1 [2] 3 [3] 127 Description: Sets the communication parameters for BACnet. p2025[0]: Device object instance number (0 ... 4194303). p2025[1]: Maximum number of info frames (1 ... 10).
PAGE 252
Parameters List of Parameters p2030 Field bus int protocol selection / Field bus protocol CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 4 Description: Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface.
PAGE 253
Parameters List of Parameters r2032 Master control, control word effective / PcCtrl STW eff Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the effective control word 1 (STW1) of the drive for the master control. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 Notice: The master control only influences control word 1 and speed setpoint 1.
PAGE 254
Parameters List of Parameters p2039 Description: Select debug monitor interface / Debug monit select Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 The serial interface for the debug monitor is COM1 (commissioning interface, RS232) or COM2 (fieldbus interface, RS485).
PAGE 255
Parameters List of Parameters r2043.0...2 BO: PROFIdrive PZD state / PD PZD state CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the PROFIdrive PZD state. Bit field: Bit 00 02 Dependency: Refer to: p2044 Note: When using the "setpoint failure" signal, the bus can be monitored and an application-specific response triggered when the setpoint fails.
PAGE 256
Parameters List of Parameters r2050[0...7] CO: PROFIBUS PZD receive word / PZD recv word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus master. Index: [0] = PZD 1 [1] = PZD 2 [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 [4] = PZD 5 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 p2051[0...
PAGE 257
Parameters List of Parameters r2053[0...7] PROFIdrive diagnostics send PZD word / Diag send word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with word format sent to the fieldbus master.
PAGE 258
Parameters List of Parameters r2074[0...7] PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive / Diag addr recv CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
PAGE 259
Parameters List of Parameters r2077[0...15] PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses / PB diag peer addr CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the addresses of the slaves (peers) where peer-to-peer data transfer has been configured via PROFIBUS.
PAGE 260
Parameters List of Parameters p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1 CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 899.0 [1] 899.1 [2] 899.2 [3] 2139.3 [4] 899.4 [5] 899.5 [6] 899.6 [7] 2139.7 [8] 2197.7 [9] 899.9 [10] 2199.1 [11] 1407.7 [12] 0 [13] 2135.14 [14] 2197.3 [15] 2135.
PAGE 261
Parameters List of Parameters p2081[0...15] Description: BI: Binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller. The individual bits are combined to form status word 2.
PAGE 262
Parameters List of Parameters p2083[0...15] Description: BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller. The individual bits are combined to form free status word 4.
PAGE 263
Parameters List of Parameters p2088[0...4] Invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv CU230P-2 BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU230P-2 CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - CU230P-2 HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Index: Setting to invert the individual binector inputs of the binector connector converter.
PAGE 264
Parameters List of Parameters r2089[0...4] CO: Send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Connector output to interconnect the status words to a PZD send word.
PAGE 265
Parameters List of Parameters r2091.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / PZD2 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 r2092.0...
PAGE 266
Parameters List of Parameters r2093.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / PZD4 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive controller. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 r2094.0...
PAGE 267
Parameters List of Parameters r2095.0...15 Description: BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller. The PZD is selected via p2099[1].
PAGE 268
Parameters List of Parameters p2099[0...1] Description: CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source for the connector-binector converter. A PZD receive word can be selected as signal source. The signals are available to be serially passed-on (interconnection).
PAGE 269
Parameters List of Parameters p2101[0...19] Setting the fault response / Fault response Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 6 Description: Sets the fault response for the selected fault. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 5: 6: Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
PAGE 270
Parameters List of Parameters p2103[0...n] BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge CU230P-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.7 [1] 722.2 [2] 2090.7 [3] 2090.7 Description: Sets the first signal source to acknowledge faults. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
PAGE 271
Parameters List of Parameters p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 1. Dependency: Refer to: F07860 Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal. p2107[0...
PAGE 272
Parameters List of Parameters r2110[0...63] Alarm number / Alarm number Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: This parameter is identical to r2122.
PAGE 273
Parameters List of Parameters p2116[0...n] BI: External alarm 2 / External alarm 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 2. Dependency: Refer to: A07851 Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal. p2117[0...
PAGE 274
Parameters List of Parameters r2120 CO: Sum of fault and alarm buffer changes / Sum buffer changed Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the sum of all of the fault and alarm buffer changes in the drive unit.
PAGE 275
Parameters List of Parameters r2124[0...63] Alarm value / Alarm value Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays additional information about the active alarm (as integer number). Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146 Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
PAGE 276
Parameters List of Parameters p2127[0...19] Sets acknowledgement mode / Acknowledge mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the acknowledge mode for selected fault.
PAGE 277
Parameters List of Parameters r2129.0...
PAGE 278
Parameters List of Parameters r2132 Description: Note: r2133[0...63] CO: Actual alarm code / Actual alarm code Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the code of the last alarm that occurred. 0: No alarm present.
PAGE 279
Parameters List of Parameters r2136[0...63] Fault time removed in days / t_flt resolv. days Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Dependency: Notice: Note: Displays the system runtime in days when the fault was removed. Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, p8401 The time comprises r2136 (days) and r2109 (milliseconds).
PAGE 280
Parameters List of Parameters p2140[0...n] Description: Dependency: p2141[0...n] Hysteresis speed 2 / n_hysteresis 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 300.00 [rpm] Factory setting 90.00 [rpm] Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the following signals: "|n_act| < = speed threshold value 2" (BO: r2197.
PAGE 281
Parameters List of Parameters r2146[0...63] Alarm time removed in days / t_alarm res days Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the alarm was cleared. Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, p8401 Notice: The time comprises r2146 (days) and r2125 (milliseconds).
PAGE 282
Parameters List of Parameters p2150[0...n] Description: Hysteresis speed 3 / n_hysteresis 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 300.00 [rpm] Factory setting 2.00 [rpm] Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the following signals: "|n_act| < speed threshold value 3" (BO: r2199.0) "n_set >= 0" (BO: r2198.5) "n_act >= 0" (BO: r2197.
PAGE 283
Parameters List of Parameters p2155[0...n] Description: Speed threshold 2 / n_thresh val 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 900.00 [rpm] Sets the speed threshold value for the following messages: "|n_act| < = speed threshold value 2" (BO: r2197.1) "|n_act| > speed threshold value 2" (BO: r2197.
PAGE 284
Parameters List of Parameters p2160[0...n] Delay for n_act comparison with speed threshold value 6 / Del compar n_6 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 10 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time for the comparison of the speed with the speed threshold value 6 (p2159). Dependency: Refer to: p2150, p2159 p2161[0...
PAGE 285
Parameters List of Parameters p2164[0...n] Hysteresis speed 4 / n_hysteresis 4 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 200.00 [rpm] Factory setting 2.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the "speed setpoint - actual value deviation in tolerance t_off" signal/message (BO: r2197.7).
PAGE 286
Parameters List of Parameters p2171[0...n] Current threshold value reached delay time / t_del I_thresh rch Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 10 [ms] Description: Dependency: Sets the delay time for the comparison of the current actual value (r0068) with the current threshold value (p2170). Refer to: p2170 p2172[0...
PAGE 287
Parameters List of Parameters p2176[0...n] Torque threshold value comparison delay time / M_thrsh comp T_del Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 200 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time for the comparison of the torque actual value (r0080) with torque threshold value 1 (p2174). Dependency: Refer to: p2174 p2177[0...
PAGE 288
Parameters List of Parameters p2180[0...n] Missing output load delay time / No load t_delay Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time to detect a missing output load. Dependency: Refer to: p2179 p2181[0...
PAGE 289
Parameters List of Parameters p2183[0...n] Description: Load monitoring speed threshold value 2 / n_thresh 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 900.00 [rpm] Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring.
PAGE 290
Parameters List of Parameters p2187[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 2, upper / M_thresh 2 upper Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [Nm] Max 20000000.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring. Dependency: The following applies: p2187 > p2188 Factory setting 10000000.
PAGE 291
Parameters List of Parameters p2192[0...n] Load monitoring delay time / Load monit t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [s] Max 65.00 [s] Description: Sets the delay time to evaluate the load monitoring. p2193[0...n] Load monitoring configuration / Load monit config Factory setting 10.
PAGE 292
Parameters List of Parameters r2197.0...13 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 1 / ZSW monitor 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the first status word for monitoring functions.
PAGE 293
Parameters List of Parameters r2198.0...13 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 2 / ZSW monitor 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the second status word for monitoring functions.
PAGE 294
Parameters List of Parameters p2200[0...n] Description: BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the technology controller. The technology controller is switched in with a 1 signal. p2201[0...
PAGE 295
Parameters List of Parameters p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller, fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 50.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 5 of the technology controller.
PAGE 296
Parameters List of Parameters p2210[0...n] CO: Technology controller, fixed value 10 / Tec_ctr fix val 10 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 10 of the technology controller.
PAGE 297
Parameters List of Parameters p2215[0...n] CO: Technology controller, fixed value 15 / Tec_ctr fix val 15 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 150.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 15 of the technology controller.
PAGE 298
Parameters List of Parameters p2223[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 3 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the fixed value of the technology controller.
PAGE 299
Parameters List of Parameters p2230[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer configuration / Tec_ctr mop config Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0100 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
PAGE 300
Parameters List of Parameters p2235[0...n] Description: Dependency: p2236[0...n] Description: Dependency: p2237[0...n] BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer raise setpoint / Tec_ctrl mop raise Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
PAGE 301
Parameters List of Parameters r2245 CO: Technology controller mot. potentiometer setpoint before RFG / Tec_ctr mop befRFG Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Sets the effective setpoint in front of the internal motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: r2250 p2247[0...
PAGE 302
Parameters List of Parameters p2251 Technology controller mode / Tec_ctrl mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the mode for using the technology controller output. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: p2251 = 0, 1 is only effective if the enable signal of the technology controller is interconnected (p2200 > 0). p2253[0...
PAGE 303
Parameters List of Parameters p2257 Technology controller, ramp-up time / Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [s] Max 650.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2258 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.
PAGE 304
Parameters List of Parameters p2263 Technology controller type / Tec_ctrl type Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Description: Sets the technology controller type. Value: 0: 1: p2264[0...
PAGE 305
Parameters List of Parameters p2268 Description: Dependency: Technology controller lower limit actual value / Tec_ctrl l_lim act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting -100.00 [%] Notice: Sets the lower limit for the actual value signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 306
Parameters List of Parameters r2272 CO: Technology controller actual value scaled / Tech_ctrl act scal Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min - [%] Max - [%] Description: Dependency: Displays the scaled actual value signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 307
Parameters List of Parameters p2286[0...n] BI: Hold technology controller integrator / Tec_ctr integ stop Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 56.13 Description: Sets the signal source to hold the integrator for the technology controller. p2289[0...
PAGE 308
Parameters List of Parameters r2294 CO: Technology controller output signal / Tec_ctrl outp_sig Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Displays the output signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 309
Parameters List of Parameters p2299[0...n] CI: Technology controller limit offset / Tech_ctrl lim offs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the offset of the output limiting of the technology controller.
PAGE 310
Parameters List of Parameters r2344 CO: Technology controller last speed setpoint (smoothed) / Tec_ctrl n_setp_sm Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Displays the smoothed speed setpoint of the technology controller prior to switching to operation with fault response (see p2345).
PAGE 311
Parameters List of Parameters r2349.0...12 CO/BO: Technology controller status word / Tec_ctrl status Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word of the technology controller. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 11 12 p2370[0...
PAGE 312
Parameters List of Parameters p2371 Description: Staging configuration / Staging config Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Parameter for configuring the connection and disconnection of external motors to and from the line voltage (staging/de-staging).
PAGE 313
Parameters List of Parameters p2372 Description: AutoChange staging mode / AutoChg stag mod Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Parameter for selecting the control mode for the staging and de-staging of external motors. Selections 2 and 3 support selection options for the automatic swapping of the motors connected to the line (autochange).
PAGE 314
Parameters List of Parameters p2374 Staging delay time / Staging t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [s] Max 650 [s] Factory setting 30 [s] Description: Additional delay time for the connection of external motors on the line voltage (staging) after the system deviation of the technology controller has exceeded the threshold value p2373 and the motor has reached the maximum speed.
PAGE 315
Parameters List of Parameters p2378 Description: Staging/De-staging speed / Stag/Destag speed Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 100.0 [%] Factory setting 50.0 [%] Sets the speed for the main drive, which is approached directly after an external motor has been connected or disconnected (staging/de-staging). The parameter value refers to the maximum speed (p1082). r2379.0...
PAGE 316
Parameters List of Parameters p2382 Description: Staging absolute operating time limit / Staging t_max op Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.1 [h] Max 100000.0 [h] Factory setting 24.0 [h] Limit for the total operating time of external motors. The total operating time of an external motor increases every time it is switched in.
PAGE 317
Parameters List of Parameters p2386 Description: Staging motor OFF delay / Staging t_del_OFF Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 999.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Delay time once the de-staging conditions have been met until the external motor is switched off.
PAGE 318
Parameters List of Parameters p2392 Description: Hibernation restart value with technology controller / Hib start w Tec_c Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min 0.000 [%] Max 200.000 [%] Factory setting 0.000 [%] Sets the motor restart time with the "Hibernation" function.
PAGE 319
Parameters List of Parameters p2395[0...n] Description: Hibernation boost speed / Hib n_Boost Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.000 [rpm] Max 21000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Sets the boost speed for the "Hibernation" function.
PAGE 320
Parameters List of Parameters p2398 Hibernation operating mode / Hib op_mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the operating mode for the "Hibernation" function. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: Refer to: p2200, p2251 Hibernation inhibited Hibernation active Refer to: A07325 Caution: When this function is active, the motor can start again automatically.
PAGE 321
Parameters List of Parameters p2900[0...n] CO: Fixed value 1 [%] / Fixed value 1 [%] Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -10000.00 [%] Max 10000.00 [%] Description: Sets a fixed percentage. Dependency: Refer to: p2901, p2930 Factory setting 0.00 [%] Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
PAGE 322
Parameters List of Parameters p2930[0...n] CO: Fixed value M [Nm] / Fixed value M [Nm] Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2003 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -100000.00 [Nm] Max 100000.00 [Nm] Description: Sets a fixed value for torque. Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2901 Factory setting 0.
PAGE 323
Parameters List of Parameters r3113.0...15 Description: CO/BO: NAMUR message bit bar / NAMUR bit bar Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the status of NAMUR signal bit bar. The faults or alarms are assigned to the appropriate signaling/message classes and influence a specific message bit.
PAGE 324
Parameters List of Parameters p3231[0...n] Load monitoring speed deviation / Load monit n_dev Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the permissible speed deviation during load monitoring (for p2193 = 2). Dependency: Refer to: r2169, p2181, p2193, p3230 Factory setting 150.
PAGE 325
Parameters List of Parameters p3320[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), Y coordinate: P flow1 %, point 1 / Fluid flow mach Y1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 25.00 Description: The power (P) for point 1 on the Y coordinate of the flow characteristic is saved in p3320.
PAGE 326
Parameters List of Parameters p3324[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), Y coordinate: P flow3 %, point 3 / Fluid flow mach Y3 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 77.00 Description: The power (P) for point 3 on the Y coordinate of the flow characteristic is saved in p3324.
PAGE 327
Parameters List of Parameters p3328[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), Y coordinate: P flow5 %, point 5 / Fluid flow mach Y5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 100.00 Description: The power (P) for point 5 on the Y coordinate of the flow characteristic is saved in p3328.
PAGE 328
Parameters List of Parameters r3333.0...3 CO/BO: 2-3-WIRE Output / 2-3-WIRE OUT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: The output values of the 2-3-WIRE Control Command depends on the selected 2-3-WIRE type and the control command inputs.
PAGE 329
Parameters List of Parameters r3859.0 CO/BO: Compound braking status word / Compound Br ZSW PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the status word of the compound braking.
PAGE 330
Parameters List of Parameters p3883 Description: BI: ESM direc. rot. / ESM direc. rot. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Selects the signal source for the direction of rotation during emergency operation (ESM). 0 = The direction of rotation of the setpoint parameterized for emergency operation is maintained.
PAGE 331
Parameters List of Parameters r3889.0...6 CO/BO: ESM status word / ESM status word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word for emergency operation (ESM).
PAGE 332
Parameters List of Parameters r3925[0...n] Identification final display / Ident final_disp Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the commissioning steps that have been carried out.
PAGE 333
Parameters List of Parameters r3928[0...n] Rotating measurement configuration / Rot meas config Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Successfully completed component of the last rotating measurement carried out.
PAGE 334
Parameters List of Parameters r3930[0...4] Description: Power unit EEPROM characteristics / PU characteristics Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the characteristics (A5E number and versions) of the power unit.
PAGE 335
Parameters List of Parameters p3981 Faults, acknowledge drive object / Faults ackn DO Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Description: Setting to acknowledge all active faults of a drive object. Note: Parameter should be set from 0 to 1 to acknowledge. Factory setting 0 After acknowledgement, the parameter is automatically reset to 0.
PAGE 336
Parameters List of Parameters r3988[0...1] Description: Value: Index: 1-336 Boot state / Boot_state Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 800 Factory setting - Index 0: Displays the boot state.
PAGE 337
Parameters List of Parameters r3996 Description: Parameter write inhibit status / Par_write inhib st Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays whether writing to parameters is inhibited. r3996 = 0: Parameter write not inhibited. 0 < r3996 < 100: Parameter write inhibited. The value shows how the calculations are progressing.
PAGE 338
Parameters List of Parameters r7843[0...20] Memory card serial number / Mem_card ser.no Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual serial number of the memory card. Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
PAGE 339
Parameters List of Parameters p8400[0...2] Description: RTC time / RTC time Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 59 Factory setting 0 Sets and displays the time on the real-time clock in hours, minutes, and seconds. The time is stored in the internal clock block in the drive and continues to run even if the supply voltage for the Control Unit is interrupted (for approx. 5 days).
PAGE 340
Parameters List of Parameters p8405 Activate/de-activate RTC alarm A01098 / RTC A01098 act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 bin Max 0001 bin Factory setting 0001 bin Description: Sets whether the real-time clock outputs an alarm if the time is not synchronized (e.g. if the power supply was switched off for an extended period).
PAGE 341
Parameters List of Parameters p8410[0...6] Description: Value: Index: Dependency: Notice: Note: p8411[0...1] Description: Index: Dependency: Notice: Note: p8412[0...
PAGE 342
Parameters List of Parameters r8413.0...1 Description: BO: RTC DTC1 output / RTC DTC1 output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Display and binector output for the output of time switch 1 (DTC1). Where a weekday is de-activated, the following applies (p8410): - The binector output for this timer is inactive (r8413.0 = 0).
PAGE 343
Parameters List of Parameters p8421[0...1] Description: RTC DTC2 switch-on time / RTC DTC2 t_ON Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 59 Factory setting 0 Sets the switch on time in hours and minutes for time switch 2 (DTC2). BO: r8423 = 1 signal: The condition for the set weekday (p8420) and switch-on time has been fulfilled. Index: [0] = Hour (0 ... 23) [1] = Minute (0 ...
PAGE 344
Parameters List of Parameters p8430[0...6] Description: Value: Index: Dependency: Notice: Note: p8431[0...1] Description: Index: Dependency: Notice: Note: p8432[0...
PAGE 345
Parameters List of Parameters r8433.0...1 Description: BO: RTC DTC3 output / RTC DTC3 output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Display and binector output for the output of timer 3 (DTC3). Where a weekday is de-activated, the following applies (p8430): - The binector output for this timer is inactive (r8433.0 = 0).
PAGE 346
Parameters List of Parameters r8573[0...39] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for torque setpoints / Macro CI M_set Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Dependency: Note: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory. Refer to: p1500 For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running.
PAGE 347
Parameters List of Parameters p8602 CAN SYNC object / SYNC object CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Description: Factory setting 0080 hex Sets the SYNC object parameter for the following CANopen objects: - 1005 hex: COB-ID Note: SINAMICS operates as SYNC load.
PAGE 348
Parameters List of Parameters p8606 CAN Producer Heartbeat Time / Prod Heartb Time CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [ms] Max 65535 [ms] Description: Factory setting 0 [ms] Sets the time [ms] to cyclically send heartbeat telegrams. The smallest cycle time is 100 ms. When a 0 is written, then heartbeat telegrams are not sent.
PAGE 349
Parameters List of Parameters p8608[0...1] CAN Clear Bus Off Error / Clear bus off err CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Description: Factory setting 0 As a result of a Bus Off error, the CAN controller is set into the initialization state.
PAGE 350
Parameters List of Parameters p8611[0...82] CAN Pre-defined Error Field / Pre_def err field CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFF 1000 hex Description: Factory setting 0000 hex Note: Displays the Pre-defined Error Field of the CAN node.
PAGE 351
Parameters List of Parameters r8621 CAN Node-ID active / Node ID active CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the active CANopen Node ID.
PAGE 352
Parameters List of Parameters p8623[0...7] CAN Bit Timing selection / Bit timing select CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max 000F 7FFF hex Factory setting [0] 1405 hex [1] 1605 hex [2] 1C05 hex [3] 1C0B hex [4] 1C17 hex [5] 1C3B hex [6] 0002 1C15 hex [7] 0004 1C2B hex Description: Sets the bit timing for the C_CAN controller to the associated and selected bit rate (p8622).
PAGE 353
Parameters List of Parameters p8630[0...2] CAN virtual objects / Virtual objects CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 65535 Description: Index: Factory setting 0 Activating access to parameters via manufacturer-specific CANopen objects and setting for the subindex area (index 1) and the parameter area (index 2) when using virtual objects.
PAGE 354
Parameters List of Parameters p8684 CAN NMT state after booting / NMT state aft boot CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 4 Max 127 Factory setting 127 Description: Sets the CANopen NMT state that is effective after booting.
PAGE 355
Parameters List of Parameters p8700[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 1 / Receive PDO 1 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max 8000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] 8000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 1 (RPDO 1).
PAGE 356
Parameters List of Parameters p8703[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 4 / Receive PDO 4 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max 8000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] 8000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 4 (RPDO 4).
PAGE 357
Parameters List of Parameters p8706[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 7 / Receive PDO 7 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max 8000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] 8000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 7 (RPDO 7).
PAGE 358
Parameters List of Parameters p8711[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 2 / Mapping RPDO 2 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 2 (RPDO 2).
PAGE 359
Parameters List of Parameters p8714[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 5 / Mapping RPDO 5 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 5 (RPDO 5).
PAGE 360
Parameters List of Parameters p8717[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 8 / Mapping RPDO 8 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 8 (RPDO 8).
PAGE 361
Parameters List of Parameters p8721[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 2 / Transmit PDO 2 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max C000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 2 (TPDO 2).
PAGE 362
Parameters List of Parameters p8723[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 4 / Transmit PDO 4 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max C000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 4 (TPDO 4).
PAGE 363
Parameters List of Parameters p8725[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 6 / Transmit PDO 6 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max C000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 6 (TPDO 6).
PAGE 364
Parameters List of Parameters p8727[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 8 / Transmit PDO 8 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max C000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 8 (TPDO 8).
PAGE 365
Parameters List of Parameters p8732[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 3 / Mapping TPDO 3 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 3 (TPDO 3).
PAGE 366
Parameters List of Parameters p8735[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 6 / Mapping TPDO 6 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 6 (TPDO 6).
PAGE 367
Parameters List of Parameters p8744 CAN PDO mapping configuration / PDO Mapping conf. CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 2 Description: Selector switch for the PDO mapping. Value: 1: 2: Factory setting 2 Sets the mapping for download or in the online mode after acknowledging with p8741. Predefined Connection Set Free PDO Mapping r8750[0...
PAGE 368
Parameters List of Parameters r8751[0...15] CAN mapped 16-bit transmit objects / TPDO 16 mapped CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays mapped 16-bit transmit CANopen objects in the process data buffer.
PAGE 369
Parameters List of Parameters p8785 BI: CAN status word bit 8 / Status word bit 8 CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Binector input for CANopen status word bit 8.
PAGE 370
Parameters List of Parameters r8795 CAN control word / Control word CU230P-2 CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Access to the CANopen control word using SDO transfer. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 07 11 12 13 14 15 Dependency: Refer to: p8790 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 6040 hex + 800 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7).
PAGE 371
Parameters List of Parameters p8999 USB functionality / USB functionality Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 3 Description: Selecting the USB functionality. Value: 1: 2: 3: Note: COMM: Commissioning. Factory setting 3 USS commissioning via the virtual COM port Only memory access USB commissioning and memory access A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
PAGE 372
Parameters List of Parameters r9401 Safely remove memory card status / Mem_card rem stat Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the status of the memory card.
PAGE 373
Parameters List of Parameters r9407[0...19] Description: PS file parameter index parameter not transferred / PS parameter index Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the first index of the parameters that could not be transferred when the parameter backup files (PS files) were read from the non-volatile memory (e.g. memory card).
PAGE 374
Parameters List of Parameters r9463 Description: Set valid macro / Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 999999 Factory setting - Displays the valid macro. A value of 0 is displayed if a parameter set by a macro is changed.
PAGE 375
Parameters List of Parameters r9925[0...99] Firmware file incorrect / FW file incorr Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the directory and name of the file whose status as shipped from the factory was identified as impermissible. Dependency: Refer to: r9926 Refer to: A01016 Note: The directory and name of the file is displayed in the ASCII code.
PAGE 376
Parameters List of Parameters p9931[0...129] System logbook module selection / SYSLOG mod select. Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Description: Only for service purposes.
PAGE 377
Parameters List of Parameters r9999[0...99] Software error internal supplementary diagnostics / SW_err int diag Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Diagnostics parameter to display additional information for internal software errors. Note: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
PAGE 378
Parameters List of Parameters p11026 Free tec_ctrl 0 unit selection / Ftec0 unit sel Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(5) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 46 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the unit for the parameters of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 379
Parameters List of Parameters p11027 Description: Free tec_ctrl 0 unit reference quantity / Ftec0 unit ref Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.01 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 1.00 Sets the reference quantity for the unit of the parameters of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 380
Parameters List of Parameters p11057 Free tec_ctrl 0 setpoint ramp-up time / Ftec0 setp t_r-up Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [s] Max 650.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the free technology controller 0. Dependency: Refer to: p11058 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.
PAGE 381
Parameters List of Parameters p11067 Free tec_ctrl 0 actual value upper limit / Ftec0 act v up lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: 9_2 Unit selection: p11026 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the upper limit for the actual value signal of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 382
Parameters List of Parameters p11074 Free tec_ctrl 0 differentiation time constant / Ftec0 D comp T Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 60.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the time constant for the differentiation (D component) of the free technology controller 0. Note: Value = 0: Differentiation is de-activated.
PAGE 383
Parameters List of Parameters p11093 Free tec_ctrl 0 limit ramp-up/ramp-down time / Ftec0 lim r-u/r-dn Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [s] Max 100.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up and ramp-down time for the maximum and minimum limit (p11091, p11092) of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 384
Parameters List of Parameters p11100 BI: Free tec_ctrl 1 enable / Ftec1 enab Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the free technology controller 1. 1 signal: The technology controller is switched in. 0 signal: The technology controller is switched out.
PAGE 385
Parameters List of Parameters p11127 Description: Free tec_ctrl 1 unit reference quantity / Ftec1 unit ref Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.01 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 1.00 Sets the reference quantity for the unit of the parameters of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 386
Parameters List of Parameters p11157 Free tec_ctrl 1 setpoint ramp-up time / Ftec1 setp t_r-up Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [s] Max 650.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the free technology controller 1. Dependency: Refer to: p11158 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.
PAGE 387
Parameters List of Parameters p11167 Free tec_ctrl 1 actual value upper limit / Ftec1 act v up lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: 9_3 Unit selection: p11126 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the upper limit for the actual value signal of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 388
Parameters List of Parameters p11174 Free tec_ctrl 1 differentiation time constant / Ftec1 D comp T Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 60.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the time constant for the differentiation (D component) of the free technology controller 1. Note: Value = 0: Differentiation is de-activated.
PAGE 389
Parameters List of Parameters p11193 Free tec_ctrl 1 limit ramp-up/ramp-down time / Ftec1 lim r-u/r-dn Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [s] Max 100.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up and ramp-down time for the maximum and minimum limit (p11191, p11192) of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 390
Parameters List of Parameters p11200 BI: Free tec_ctrl 2 enable / Ftec2 enab Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the free technology controller 2. 1 signal: The technology controller is switched in. 0 signal: The technology controller is switched out.
PAGE 391
Parameters List of Parameters p11227 Description: Free tec_ctrl 2 unit reference quantity / Ftec2 unit ref Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.01 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 1.00 Sets the reference quantity for the unit of the parameters of the free technology controller 2.
PAGE 392
Parameters List of Parameters p11257 Free tec_ctrl 2 setpoint ramp-up time / Ftec2 setp t_r-up Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [s] Max 650.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the free technology controller 2. Dependency: Refer to: p11258 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.
PAGE 393
Parameters List of Parameters p11267 Free tec_ctrl 2 actual value upper limit / Ftec2 act v up lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: 9_4 Unit selection: p11226 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the upper limit for the actual value signal of the free technology controller 2.
PAGE 394
Parameters List of Parameters p11274 Free tec_ctrl 2 differentiation time constant / Ftec2 D comp T Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 60.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the time constant for the differentiation (D component) of the free technology controller 2. Note: Value = 0: Differentiation is de-activated.
PAGE 395
Parameters List of Parameters p11293 Free tec_ctrl 2 limit ramp-up/ramp-down time / Ftec2 lim r-u/r-dn Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [s] Max 100.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up and ramp-down time for the maximum and minimum limit (p11291, p11292) of the free technology controller 2.
PAGE 396
Parameters List of Parameters r20001[0...9] Run-time group sampling time / RTG sampling time Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [ms] Max - [ms] Description: Displays the current sampling time of the run-time group 0 to 9.
PAGE 397
Parameters List of Parameters p20033 Description: Note: p20034[0...3] AND 0 run sequence / AND 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 10 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 0 within the run-time group set in p20032. The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 398
Parameters List of Parameters p20038[0...3] BI: AND 2 inputs / AND 2 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 2 of the AND function block.
PAGE 399
Parameters List of Parameters p20042[0...3] BI: AND 3 inputs / AND 3 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 3 of the AND function block.
PAGE 400
Parameters List of Parameters p20046[0...3] BI: OR 0 inputs / OR 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 0 of the OR function block.
PAGE 401
Parameters List of Parameters p20050[0...3] BI: OR 1 inputs / OR 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 1 of the OR function block.
PAGE 402
Parameters List of Parameters p20054[0...3] BI: OR 2 inputs / OR 2 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 2 of the OR function block.
PAGE 403
Parameters List of Parameters p20058[0...3] BI: OR 3 inputs / OR 3 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 3 of the OR function block.
PAGE 404
Parameters List of Parameters p20062[0...3] BI: XOR 0 inputs / XOR 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 0 of the XOR function block.
PAGE 405
Parameters List of Parameters p20066[0...3] BI: XOR 1 inputs / XOR 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 1 of the XOR function block.
PAGE 406
Parameters List of Parameters p20070[0...3] BI: XOR 2 inputs / XOR 2 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 2 of the XOR function block.
PAGE 407
Parameters List of Parameters p20074[0...3] BI: XOR 3 inputs / XOR 3 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 3 of the XOR function block.
PAGE 408
Parameters List of Parameters r20079 BO: NOT 0 inverted output / NOT 0 inv output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 0 of the inverter.
PAGE 409
Parameters List of Parameters p20084 NOT 1 run-time group / NOT 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 1 of the inverter is to be called.
PAGE 410
Parameters List of Parameters p20088 NOT 2 run-time group / NOT 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 2 of the inverter is to be called.
PAGE 411
Parameters List of Parameters p20092 NOT 3 run-time group / NOT 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 3 of the inverter is to be called.
PAGE 412
Parameters List of Parameters p20096 ADD 0 run-time group / ADD 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance ADD 0 of the adder is to be called.
PAGE 413
Parameters List of Parameters p20101 ADD 1 run sequence / ADD 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 220 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance ADD 1 within the run-time group set in p20100. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. p20102[0...
PAGE 414
Parameters List of Parameters p20106[0...1] CI: SUB 1 inputs / SUB 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of minuend X1 and subtrahend X2 of instance SUB 1 of the subtractor.
PAGE 415
Parameters List of Parameters r20111 CO: MUL 0 product Y / MUL 0 product Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the product Y = X0 * X1 * X2 * X3 of instance MUL 0 of the multiplier.
PAGE 416
Parameters List of Parameters p20116 MUL 1 run-time group / MUL 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance MUL 1 of the multiplier is to be called.
PAGE 417
Parameters List of Parameters p20121 DIV 0 run-time group / DIV 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DIV 0 of the divider is to be called.
PAGE 418
Parameters List of Parameters p20126 DIV 1 run-time group / DIV 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DIV 1 of the divider is to be called.
PAGE 419
Parameters List of Parameters p20131 AVA 0 run-time group / AVA 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation is to be called.
PAGE 420
Parameters List of Parameters p20136 AVA 1 run-time group / AVA 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation is to be called.
PAGE 421
Parameters List of Parameters p20141 MFP 0 run-time group / MFP 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator is to be called.
PAGE 422
Parameters List of Parameters p20146 MFP 1 run-time group / MFP 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator is to be called.
PAGE 423
Parameters List of Parameters p20151 PCL 0 run-time group / PCL 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener is to be called.
PAGE 424
Parameters List of Parameters p20156 PCL 1 run-time group / PCL 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener is to be called.
PAGE 425
Parameters List of Parameters p20161 PDE 0 run-time group / PDE 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 0 of the closing delay device is to be called.
PAGE 426
Parameters List of Parameters p20166 PDE 1 run-time group / PDE 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 1 of the closing delay device is to be called.
PAGE 427
Parameters List of Parameters p20171 PDF 0 run-time group / PDF 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 0 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
PAGE 428
Parameters List of Parameters p20176 PDF 1 run-time group / PDF 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 1 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
PAGE 429
Parameters List of Parameters p20181 PST 0 run-time group / PST 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element is to be called.
PAGE 430
Parameters List of Parameters p20186 PST 1 run-time group / PST 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element is to be called.
PAGE 431
Parameters List of Parameters p20191 RSR 0 run-time group / RSR 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 432
Parameters List of Parameters p20196 RSR 1 run-time group / RSR 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 433
Parameters List of Parameters r20200 BO: DFR 0 inverted output QN / DFR 0 inv outp QN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output QN of instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop.
PAGE 434
Parameters List of Parameters r20204 Description: r20205 BO: DFR 1 output Q / DFR 1 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter for output Q of instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop.
PAGE 435
Parameters List of Parameters p20209 BI: BSW 0 switch setting I / BSW 0 sw_setting Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch.
PAGE 436
Parameters List of Parameters p20214 BI: BSW 1 switch setting I / BSW 1 sw_setting Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch.
PAGE 437
Parameters List of Parameters p20219 BI: NSW 0 switch setting I / NSW 0 sw_setting Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch.
PAGE 438
Parameters List of Parameters p20224 BI: NSW 1 switch setting I / NSW 1 sw_setting Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch.
PAGE 439
Parameters List of Parameters p20229 LIM 0 upper limit value LU / LIM 0 upper lim LU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for the upper limit value LU of instance LIM 0 of the limiter.
PAGE 440
Parameters List of Parameters p20235 LIM 0 run sequence / LIM 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 640 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LIM 0 within the run-time group set in p20234. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 441
Parameters List of Parameters r20241 BO: LIM 1 input quantity at the lower limit QL / LIM 1 QL Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 1 of limiter QL (lower limit reached), i.e. QL = 1 for X <= LL.
PAGE 442
Parameters List of Parameters p20246 PT1 0 smoothing time constant in ms / PT1 0 T_smooth ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Sets the smoothing time constant T in milliseconds of instance PT1 0 of the smoothing element.
PAGE 443
Parameters List of Parameters p20251 BI: PT1 1 accept setting value S / PT1 1 acc set val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the "accept setting value" signal of instant PT1 1 of the smoothing element.
PAGE 444
Parameters List of Parameters p20256[0...1] CI: INT 0 inputs / INT 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X and of setting value SV of instance INT 0 of the integrator.
PAGE 445
Parameters List of Parameters r20262 BO: INT 0 integrator at the upper limit QU / INT 0 QU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the signal QU that output quantity Y of instance INT 0 of the integrator has reached the upper limit value LU.
PAGE 446
Parameters List of Parameters p20267 LVM 0 interval average value M / LVM 0 avg value M Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for the interval average M of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter.
PAGE 447
Parameters List of Parameters p20273 LVM 0 run-time group / LVM 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter is to be called.
PAGE 448
Parameters List of Parameters p20278 LVM 1 hyst HY / LVM 1 hyst HY Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for hysteresis HY of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter.
PAGE 449
Parameters List of Parameters p20283 LVM 1 run sequence / LVM 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 7999 Factory setting 730 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LVM within the run-time group set in p20282. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 450
Parameters List of Parameters p20288 DIF 0 run sequence / DIF 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 750 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance DIF 0 within the run-time group set in p20287. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 451
Parameters List of Parameters p20304 BI: NOT 5 input I / NOT 5 input I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 5 of the inverter.
PAGE 452
Parameters List of Parameters r20309 CO: ADD 2 output Y / ADD 2 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the output quantity Y = X0 + X1 + X2 + X3 of instance ADD 2 of the adder.
PAGE 453
Parameters List of Parameters r20314 Description: BO: NCM 0 output QE / NCM 0 output QE Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter for binary quantity QE of instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator. QE is only set if X0 = X1.
PAGE 454
Parameters List of Parameters r20319 Description: BO: NCM 1 output QU / NCM 1 output QU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter for binary quantity QU of instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator. QU is only set if X0 > X1.
PAGE 455
Parameters List of Parameters p20324[0...1] BI: RSR 2 inputs / RSR 2 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for set input S and reset input R of instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop.
PAGE 456
Parameters List of Parameters p20329[0...3] BI: DFR 2 inputs / DFR 2 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for trigger input I, D input D, set input S, and reset input R of instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop.
PAGE 457
Parameters List of Parameters p20334 BI: PDE 2 input pulse I / PDE 2 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device.
PAGE 458
Parameters List of Parameters p20339 BI: PDE 3 input pulse I / PDE 3 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device.
PAGE 459
Parameters List of Parameters p20344 BI: PDF 2 input pulse I / PDF 2 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDF 2 of the breaking delay device.
PAGE 460
Parameters List of Parameters p20349 BI: PDF 3 input pulse I / PDF 3 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDF 3 of the breaking delay device.
PAGE 461
Parameters List of Parameters p20354 BI: MFP 2 input pulse I / MFP 2 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance MFP 2 of the pulse generator.
PAGE 462
Parameters List of Parameters p20359 BI: MFP 3 input pulse I / MFP 3 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance MFP 3 of the pulse generator.
PAGE 463
Parameters List of Parameters p20372 CI: PLI 0 input X / PLI 0 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0.
PAGE 464
Parameters List of Parameters p20375[0...19] PLI 0 Y-coordinate, B breakpoint / PLI 0 Y-coordinate Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Sets the y-coordinates for the breakpoints (B0...B19) of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0.
PAGE 465
Parameters List of Parameters p20378 CI: PLI 1 input X / PLI 1 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1.
PAGE 466
Parameters List of Parameters p20381[0...19] PLI 1 Y-coordinate, B breakpoint / PLI 1 Y-coordinate Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Sets the y-coordinates for the breakpoints (B0...B19) of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1.
PAGE 467
Parameters List of Parameters p31020 Multi-zone control interconnection / Zone_ctrl intercon Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Setting for interconnecting multi-zone control Value: 0: 1: Notice: When multi-zone control is interconnected, outputs r31024 and r31027 are always connected to index 0 of parameters p2253 and p2264.
PAGE 468
Parameters List of Parameters p31022 Multi-zone control for actual value processing / Zone_ctrl act proc Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 11 Description: Sets the processing method for the multi-zone control actual value (r31027).
PAGE 469
Parameters List of Parameters r31024 CO: Multi-zone control setpoint output / Zone_ctrl set outp Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Displays the relevant setpoint at the multi-zone control output.
PAGE 470
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1.3 Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1.3.1 Command Data Sets (CDS) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4402900, Language: eng, Type: CDS p0641[0...n] 1-470 CI: Current limit, variable / Curr lim var p0700[0...n] Command source selection / Cmd src sel p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0 p0821[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 / DDS select., bit 1 p0840[0...
PAGE 471
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview p1201[0...n] BI: Flying restart enable signal source / Fly_res enab S_src p1230[0...n] BI: DC braking activation / DC brake act p1330[0...n] CI: U/f control independent voltage setpoint / Uf U_set independ. p1455[0...n] CI: Speed controller P gain adaptation signal / n_ctrl Adpt_sig Kp p1466[0...n] CI: Speed controller P-gain scaling / n_ctrl Kp scal p1476[0...n] BI: Speed controller hold integrator / n_ctrl integ stop p1477[0...
PAGE 472
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1.3.2 p3112[0...n] BI: External fault 3 enable negated / Ext flt 3 enab neg p3230[0...n] CI: Load monitoring, speed actual value / Load monit n_act p3232[0...n] BI: Load monitoring failure detection / Load_moni fail_det p3330[0...n] BI: 2-3-WIRE Control Command 1 / 2-3-WIRE CC_1 p3331[0...n] BI: 2-3-WIRE Control Command 2 / 2-3-WIRE CC_2 p3332[0...
PAGE 473
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview p1135[0...n] OFF3 ramp-down time / OFF3 t_RD p1136[0...n] OFF3 initial rounding-off time / RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd p1137[0...n] OFF3 final rounding-off time / RFG OFF3 t_end_del p1145[0...n] Ramp-function generator tracking intensity. / RFG track intens p1148[0...n] Ramp-function gen., tolerance for ramp-up and ramp-down active / RFG tol HL/RL act p1200[0...n] FlyRest oper mode / FlyRest op_mode p1202[0...
PAGE 474
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1-474 p1345[0...n] I_max voltage controller proportional gain / I_max_U_ctrl Kp p1346[0...n] I_max voltage controller integral time / I_max_U_ctrl Tn p1349[0...n] U/f mode resonance damping maximum frequency / Uf res_damp f_max p1350[0...n] Soft starting / Soft starting p1400[0...n] Speed control configuration / n_ctrl config p1401[0...n] Flux control configuration / Flux ctrl config p1402[0...
PAGE 475
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview p1750[0...n] Motor model configuration / MotMod config p1755[0...n] Motor model changeover speed encoderless operation / MotMod n_chgSnsorl p1758[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time closed/open-loop control / MotMod t cl_op p1759[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time open/closed-loop control / MotMod t op_cl p1764[0...n] Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Kp / MotMod woE n_adaKp p1767[0...
PAGE 476
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview p2183[0...n] 1-476 Load monitoring speed threshold value 2 / n_thresh 2 p2184[0...n] Load monitoring speed threshold value 3 / n_thresh 3 p2185[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 1, upper / M_thresh 1 upper p2186[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 1, lower / M_thresh 1 lower p2187[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 2, upper / M_thresh 2 upper p2188[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 2, lower / M_thresh 2 lower p2189[0...
PAGE 477
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1.3.3 p3326[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), Y coordinate: P flow4 %, point 4 / Fluid flow mach Y4 p3327[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), X coordinate: n flow4 %, point 4 / Fluid flow mach X4 p3328[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), Y coordinate: P flow5 %, point 5 / Fluid flow mach Y5 p3329[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), X coordinate: n flow5 %, point 5 / Fluid flow mach X5 p3856[0...
PAGE 478
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview p0357[0...n] 1-478 Motor stator inductance, d axis / Mot L_stator d p0358[0...n] Motor rotor leakage inductance / Mot L_rot leak p0360[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance / Mot Lh p0362[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 1 / Mot saturat.flux 1 p0363[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 2 / Mot saturat.flux 2 p0364[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 3 / Mot saturat.flux 3 p0365[0...
PAGE 479
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1.3.4 p1234[0...n] Speed at the start of DC braking / DCBRK n_start p1909[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW p1980[0...n] PolID technique / PolID technique p1999[0...n] Ang. commutation offset calibr. and PollD scaling / Com_ang_offs scal r3926[0...n] Alternating voltage generation base voltage amplitude / Alt U_gen U_base Power unit Data Set (PDS) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4402900, Language: eng, Type: PDS r0200[0.
PAGE 480
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1.4 Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1.4.1 Binector Input Parameters Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4402900, Language: eng, Type: BI 1-480 p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0 p0731 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 1 / CU S_src DO 1 p0732 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 2 / CU S_src DO 2 p0782[0...
PAGE 481
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters p2082[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 3 / Bin/con ZSW3 p2083[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 p2084[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 5 / Bin/con ZSW5 p2103[0...n] BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge p2104[0...n] BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge p2105[0...n] BI: 3. Acknowledge faults / 3. Acknowledge p2106[0...
PAGE 482
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1.4.2 p20143 BI: MFP 1 input pulse I / MFP 1 inp_pulse I p20148 BI: PCL 0 input pulse I / PCL 0 inp_pulse I p20153 BI: PCL 1 input pulse I / PCL 1 inp_pulse I p20158 BI: PDE 0 input pulse I / PDE 0 inp_pulse I p20163 BI: PDE 1 input pulse I / PDE 1 inp_pulse I p20168 BI: PDF 0 input pulse I / PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20173 BI: PDF 1 input pulse I / PDF 1 inp_pulse I p20178[0...1] BI: PST 0 inputs / PST 0 inputs p20183[0...
PAGE 483
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters p1160[0...n] CI: Speed controller speed setpoint 2 / n_ctrl n_set 2 p1330[0...n] CI: U/f control independent voltage setpoint / Uf U_set independ. p1455[0...n] CI: Speed controller P gain adaptation signal / n_ctrl Adpt_sig Kp p1466[0...n] CI: Speed controller P-gain scaling / n_ctrl Kp scal p1478[0...n] CI: Speed controller integrator setting value / n_ctr integ_setVal p1479[0...
PAGE 484
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1.4.3 p20118[0...1] CI: DIV 0 inputs / DIV 0 inputs p20123[0...1] CI: DIV 1 inputs / DIV 1 inputs p20128 CI: AVA 0 input X / AVA 0 input X p20133 CI: AVA 1 input X / AVA 1 input X p20218[0...1] CI: NSW 0 inputs / NSW 0 inputs p20223[0...1] CI: NSW 1 inputs / NSW 1 inputs p20228 CI: LIM 0 input X / LIM 0 input X p20236 CI: LIM 1 input X / LIM 1 input X p20244[0...1] CI: PT1 0 inputs / PT1 0 inputs p20250[0...
PAGE 485
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters r20079 BO: NOT 0 inverted output / NOT 0 inv output r20083 BO: NOT 1 inverted output / NOT 1 inv output r20087 BO: NOT 2 inverted output / NOT 2 inv output r20091 BO: NOT 3 inverted output / NOT 3 inv output r20120 BO: DIV 0 divisor is zero QF / DIV 0 divisor=0 QF r20125 BO: DIV 1 divisor is zero QF / DIV 1 divisor=0 QF r20130 BO: AVA 0 input negative SN / AVA 0 input neg SN r20135 BO: AVA 1 input negative SN / AVA 1 input neg SN r20140 BO: M
PAGE 486
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1.4.
PAGE 487
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters p1009[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 9 / n_set_fixed 9 p1010[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 10 / n_set_fixed 10 p1011[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 11 / n_set_fixed 11 p1012[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 12 / n_set_fixed 12 p1013[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 13 / n_set_fixed 13 p1014[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 14 / n_set_fixed 14 p1015[0...
PAGE 488
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1-488 r1718 CO: Isq controller output / Isq_ctrl outp r1723 CO: Isd controller output / Isd_ctrl outp r1732[0...1] CO: Direct-axis voltage setpoint / Direct U set r1733[0...1] CO: Quadrature-axis voltage setpoint / Quad U set r1770 CO: Motor model speed adaptation proportional component / MotMod n_adapt Kp r1771 CO: Motor model speed adaptation I comp. / MotMod n_adapt Tn r1801[0...
PAGE 489
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1.4.
PAGE 490
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1-490 r0723.0...12 CO/BO: CU digital inputs, status inverted / CU DI status inv r0835.2...8 CO/BO: Data set changeover status word / DDS_ZSW r0836.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS selected / CDS selected r0837.0...1 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS selected / DDS selected r0898.0...10 CO/BO: Control word sequence control / STW seq_ctrl r0899.0...11 CO/BO: Status word sequence control / ZSW seq_ctrl r1198.0...
PAGE 491
Parameters Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) 1.5 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) The following parameters are necessary for quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). . Table 1-10 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Par.-No.
PAGE 492
Parameters Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Table 1-10 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), continued Par.-No.
PAGE 493
Function diagrams 2 Contents 2.1 Contents: function diagrams 2-494 2.2 Explanations for the function diagrams 2-499 2.3 Overview 2-504 2.4 Input/Output Terminals 2-512 2.5 Communication 2-520 2.6 Internal control/status words 2-549 2.7 Setpoint channel 2-567 2.8 V/f control 2-577 2.9 Vector control 2-581 2.10 Free Function Blocks 2-601 2.11 Technology functions 2-622 2.12 Technology controller 2-630 2.13 Signals and monitoring functions 2-635 2.
PAGE 494
Function diagrams Contents: function diagrams 2.1 2.2 Contents: function diagrams Explanations for the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-499 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-500 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-501 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 495
Function diagrams Contents: function diagrams 2.5.2 PROFIdrive / PROFIBUS (CU230P-2 DP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-528 2410 – PROFIBUS, addresses and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-529 2420 – Telegrams and Process Data (PZD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-530 2440 – PZD receive signals interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 496
Function diagrams Contents: function diagrams 2536 – Status word, monitoring functions 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-562 2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-563 2546 – Control word, faults/alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-564 2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 497
Function diagrams Contents: function diagrams 6723 – Field weakening controller, flux controller (ASM, p0300 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-596 6724 – Field weakening controller (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-597 6730 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-598 6731 – Interface to the Power Module (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-599 6799 – Display signals . . . . . . . .
PAGE 498
Function diagrams Contents: function diagrams 2.12 Technology controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-630 7950 – Fixed values, binary selection (p2216 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-631 7951 – Fixed values, direct selection (p2216 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-632 7954 – Motorized potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 499
Function diagrams Explanations for the function diagrams 2.
PAGE 500
Meaning Parameter name [Unit] Monitoring parameter with unit [Unit] and index range rxxxx[y..z] [y..z] or data set [C/D] © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 1) Parameter name from ...
PAGE 501
Fig. 2-2 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 2) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Symbols for logic functions Symbols for computational and closed-loop control functions S 1 Logical inversion & AND element with logical inversion of an input signal Threshold value switch 1/0 1 y x Outputs at y a logical "1" if x < S. 0 S OR element 1 x1 Exclusiv-OR/XOR y =1 Outputs at y a logical "1" if x > S. y = 1 when x1 != x2.
PAGE 502
x T T x 0 Simple changeover switch 0 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 3) The switch position is shown according to the factory setting (in this case, switch position 1 in the default state on delivery). 1 The digital signal x must have the value "1" without any interruption during the time T before output y changes to "1".
PAGE 503
Fig. 2-4 1030 – Handling BICO technology © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Handling BICO technology Binector: r0723.15 Connector: r0723 Connectors are "analog signals" that can be freely interconnected (e.g. percentage variables, speeds or torques). Connectors are also "CO:" display parameters (CO = Connector Output).
PAGE 504
Function diagrams Overview 2.
PAGE 505
Fig. 2-5 Signal Description Interconnection ... ... ... ... ... ... Receive telegram Header Permanently assigned telegrams [2440] ... [2442] Netto data Interconnecting the permanently assigned send telegrams PB address 1 ... 126 p0918 (126) Signal Description Trailer Interconnection ... ... ... ... ... ... LED Monitoring Axxxxx Fxxxxx Diagnostics rxxxx [2450] ...
PAGE 506
15 STW Sequence control © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 1530 – Internal control/status words, data sets [2501] 0 15 0 Monitoring functions ZSW Sequence control 0 15 STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 STW Setpoint Channel 0 15 [2536] 0 Speed controller 15 STW n_ctrl r1406 r1406 0 15 0 [2546] 0 15 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 31 STW DDS selection [8565] ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 15 [2526]
PAGE 507
Fig. 2-7 Main setpoint p1070 [C] (755[0]) Suppl setpoint p1075 [C] (0) 1550 – Setpoint channel © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 .8 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 .9 0 0 + p1071 + 0 1 Setp after limit [1/min] r1114 n_set_1 p1076 Jog 1 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1058 [D] (150.000) Jog 2 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1059 [D] (-150.
PAGE 508
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 1690 – Vector control, V/f control Vdc_ctrl config p1280 Slip compensation p1334, p1335 Speed actual value calculation [6310] [6320] Uf Res_damp gain p1338 [6310] n_ctrl setp sum [1/min] r1170 RFG setp at inp [1/min] [3050.8] r1119 + + [6030.1] Ramp-function generator + + + f_outp [Hz] r0066 [6310] [3060] 60 I_max_ctrl f_outp [1/min] r1343 Mot PolePairNo act r0313 [D] [8016.8] [6730.
PAGE 509
Fig. 2-9 n_ctrl setp sum [1/min] r1170 [1550.
PAGE 510
|y| © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 1710 – Vector control, current control + f [1700.8] P iq controller f Modulat_depth [%] r0074 U_set K M_set [Nm] r0079 Vdc act val [V] r0070 U_output [Veff] r0072 Iq_set [Aeff] r0077 |y| U_angle + + M Iq I_ctrl Kp p1715 [6710] Current setpoint filter U_output max [Veff] r0071 [6722.1] [6723.4] [6724.4] Flux setpoint 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) Efficiency opt. <1> 0 .
PAGE 511
Fig. 2-11 n_act [1/min] r0063[0] r0945 r0949 r0948 r2109 III III Code Value coming going Fault cases qty 0 ... 65535 p0952 (0) Ayyyyy r2122 r2124 r2123 r2125 III III Azzzzz alarms Code Value coming going III Fyyyyy n_act smth message [1/min] r2169[0] [6010] [8012] t_System relative 0 ...
PAGE 512
Function diagrams Input/Output Terminals 2.4 Input/Output Terminals Function diagrams 2220 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI0 ... DI5) 2-513 2222 – Analog inputs as Digital inputs (DI11 ... DI12) 2-514 2230 – Digital outputs (DO0 ... DO2) 2-515 9566 – Analog inputs 0 ... 1 (AI0 ... AI1) 2-516 9568 – Analog input 2 (AI2) 2-517 9576 – Temperature evaluation Ni1000/PT1000 (AI3) 2-518 9572 – Analog outputs 0 ... 1 (AO0 ...
PAGE 513
Fig. 2-12 Kl.69 or NPN <1> 2220 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI0 ... DI5) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 External power supply 24 V DC DI COM PNP Kl.9 +24 V OUT Kl.9 +24 V OUT Kl.28 GND Kl.28 GND Kl.69 DI COM Kl.69 DI COM 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795.0 r0721.0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 1 0 Kl.5 Kl.5 DI0 DI0 Kl.5 DI0 p0796.0 T p0795.1 24 V Kl.6 DI1 DI1 Kl.6 DI1 Kl.
PAGE 514
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 2222 – Analog inputs as Digital inputs (DI11 ... DI12) <1> Kl.1 +10 V OUT Kl.2 GND 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795.11 1.6 V 4.0 V Kl.3 Kl.4 r0721.11 AI0+ (DI11) AI0- 1 0 0 p0796.11 Kl.11 <1> Kl. = Terminal 1 2 External Interfaces Analog inputs as Digital inputs (DI11 r0721.12 AI1+ (DI12) AI1- 1 0 T 1 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.12 CU DI t_debounce p0724 0 p0796.
PAGE 515
Fig. 2-14 2230 – Digital outputs (DO0 ... DO2) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 CU DO inv p0748 .0 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 0 p0730 (52.3) 0 <2> -1 1 DO0 NC NO Kl.18 Kl.19 COM Kl.20 CU DO inv p0748.1 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 1 0 p0731 (52.7) 2 -1 DO1 NO Kl.21 COM Kl.22 CU DO inv p0748.2 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 2 0 p0732 (52.2) 4 DO2 -1 NC NO Kl.23 Kl.24 COM Kl.
PAGE 516
20 mA 3 20 mA 1 T CU AI status word r0751 0 F03505 "Wire breakage" 3 0 <2> CU AI U/I_inp act r0752 Current AI0/1 U U U Voltage I Kl.3 (Kl.10) I AI0/1 U I <1> I A D Kl.4 (Kl.11) 0 -10 CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797[0..3] (0) Hardware smoothing 100 μs + Type switching Analog input CU AI char y2 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] p0760[0..3] (100.00) 0 y CU AI char y1 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] p0758[0..3] (0.00) [%] x2 x y1 Scaling Reference quantities p2000 r2004 CU AI value in % [%] r0755[0.
PAGE 517
Fig. 2-16 9568 – Analog input 2 (AI2) CU WireBrkThresh 0.00 ... 20.00 p0761 [2] (2.00) (0.00) °C 20 mA 20 mA 1 3 T F03505 "Wire breakage" I <2> CU AI U/I_inp act r0752 [2] AI2 TEMP I A <1> D - <2> <2> CU AI char x1 CU AI char x2 -50.000 ... 160.000 -50.000 ... 160.000 (0.00) [2] (0.00) p0757 [2] (0.000) p0759 (10.000) CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797 [2] (0) (0) Hardware smoothing 100 μs + Type switching Analog input CU AI char y2 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] p0760 [2] (100.00) (0.
PAGE 518
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 9576 – Temperature evaluation Ni1000/PT1000 (AI3) AI3+/NI1000 Hardware smoothing 100 μs <1> + Ni1000 PT1000 Kl.53 °C A D Type switching Analog input <2> <2> CU AI char x1 CU AI char x2 -50.000 ... 160.000 -50.000 ... 160.000 p0757 [3] (0.000) p0759 [3] (10.000) (0.00) (0.00) CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797 [3] (0)(0) CU AI char y2 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] (0.00) p0760 [3] (100.
PAGE 519
Fig. 2-18 AO0+ A 4 mA y1 Scaling x1x 100 % x2 Kl.12 GND Voltage output D y 10 V 2 % y x2 x2 x [%] 0 CU char y1 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] p0778[0..1] [0] (0)(0.000) <1> Smoothing x1 0 x1 1 0, 1 y2 x 20 mA 0 <1> CU AO U/I_outp r0774 [0] y 0 CU AO S_src p0771 [0] (21[0]) y <1> CU char y2 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] [0] (20) p0780[0..1] (20.000) Current output CU AO absVal act CU AO T_smooth 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms] 0 ... 1 (0) p0773 [0] (0.0) p0775 [0] (0) (0) <4> CU AO type 0 ...
PAGE 520
Function diagrams Communication 2.5 2-520 Communication 2.5.1 Fieldbus Interface (USS, Modbus, BACnet) (CU230P-2 HVAC, CU230P-2 BT) 2-521 2.5.2 PROFIdrive / PROFIBUS (CU230P-2 DP) 2-528 2.5.
PAGE 521
Function diagrams Communication 2.5.
PAGE 522
T Monitoring functions © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 9310 – Configuration, addresses and diagnostics Cyclic telegrams from the master 0 Field bus baud 4 ... 13 p2020 (8) Field bus address 30 00......247 p2021 (0) Field bus USS PZD 0 ... 8 p2022 (2) t USS configuration F01910 "Fieldbus IF: setpoint timeout" Field bus USS PKW 0 ... 127 p2023 (127) Field bus protocol 0,1,2,5 0 ... 4 p2030 (0) (4) Field bus baud ...
PAGE 523
Fig. 2-20 9342 – STW1 control word interconnection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Signal targets for fieldbus STW1 (p0700 = 6) Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse cancellation & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.
PAGE 524
[Function diagram] [Function diagram] signal target internal control word Interconnection parameters Meaning Inverted <1> 9352 – ZSW1 status word interconnection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.
PAGE 525
Fig. 2-22 <1> r2050 [0] PZD receive word 1 r2090.15 PZD recv word r2091.0 <2> r2050 [1] PZD receive word 2 r2091.15 PZD recv word r2092.0 9360 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 r2090.0 Fieldbus r2050 [2] PZD receive word 3 r2092.15 PZD recv word r2093.
PAGE 526
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 9370 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO PZD send word p2051 [0] <1> (0) PZD send word p2051 [2] PZD send word p2051 [3] <1> (0) PZD send word 2 <2> (0) PZD send word 3 (0) PZD send word 4 (0) PZD send word 5 (0) PZD send word 6 (0) PZD send word 7 (0) PZD send word 8 Send telegram p2051 [4] PZD send word p2051 [5] PZD send word p2051 [6] PZD send word PZD sen
PAGE 527
Fig. 2-24 9372 – Status words, free interconnection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].0 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082 [0 15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080 [0 15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [2] 0 1 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].
PAGE 528
Function diagrams Communication 2.5.
PAGE 529
Fig. 2-25 2410 – PROFIBUS, addresses and diagnostics © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 CU-specific functions Drive-specific functions PB suppl t_monit 0 ... 20000 [ms] p2047 (0) Setting the PROFIBUS address PD PZD state r2043.0 T Monitoring functions Alarms Cyclic telegrams from the master 0 A01920 "PROFIBUS: Cyclic connection interrupted" t > t_response <1> PD fault delay No cyclic telegrams from the 0 ...
PAGE 530
Manufacturer-specific telegrams Interconnection is made according to Free telegram [2440] [2450] automatically 20 350 352 353 354 999 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 PZD2 NSOLL_A NIST_A NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL PZD3 IAIST_GL M_LIM IAIST_GL <3> IAIST_GL <3> IAIST_GL PZD4 MIST_GL STW3 ZSW3 <3> MIST_GL <3> MIST_GL PZD5 PIST_GL <3> WARN_CODE <3> WARN_CODE PZD6 <2>
PAGE 531
Fig. 2-27 2440 – PZD receive signals interconnection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 PROFIBUS <3> PROFIdrive receive telegram Header r2090...r2095 Bit r2050[0...7] WORD ... Signal STW1 Netto data Trailer Signal receivers for PZD receive signals Telegram assignment <4> according to p0922 [2420] <4> <1> <2> PROFIdrive Interconnection parameter Signal No.
PAGE 532
Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted 2441 – STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 2) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse cancellation & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 533
Fig. 2-29 2442 – STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Signal targets for STW1 in Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Signal <1> Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted STW1.
PAGE 534
<1> Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted 2444 – STW3 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 STW3.0 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 p1020[0] = r2093.0 [3010.2] [3010.2] - STW3.1 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 p1021[0] = r2093.1 [2513.2] [3010.2] - STW3.2 1 = Fixed setp bit 2 p1022[0] = r2093.2 [2513.2] [3010.
PAGE 535
Fig. 2-31 2450 – PZD send signals interconnection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Signal sources for PZD send signals Signal PZD send word 1...8 p2051[0...7] WORD r2053[0...7] WORD <1> PROFIdrive Interconnection parameter Signal No.
PAGE 536
Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted <2> 2451 – ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 2) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.
PAGE 537
Fig. 2-33 2452 – ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Signal sources for ZSW1 im Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Signal <1> [Function diagram] [Function diagram] signal target internal control word Interconnection parameters Meaning Inverted <2> ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.
PAGE 538
Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] internal status word [Function diagram] signal source Inverted 2454 – ZSW3 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 ZSW3.0 1 = DC brake active 0 = DC brake not active [2511.7] [7017.5] - ZSW3.1 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.2 1 = |n_act| > p1080 (n_min) [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.
PAGE 539
r2090.0 Fig. 2-35 r2050 [0] PZD receive word 1 r2090.15 PZD recv word r2091.0 PROFIBUS r2050 [1] PZD receive word 2 r2091.15 PZD recv word r2092.0 2468 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 <1> PROFIdrive receive telegram PZD receive word 3 Header PZD receive word 4 r2050 [2] r2093.0 r2050 [3] Data Trailer r2092.
PAGE 540
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 2470 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) PZD send word p2051 [0] <1> (0) PZD send word PZD send word PZD send word PZD send word PZD send word 1 <1> p2051 [1] (0) PZD send word 2 (0) PZD send word 3 PROFIdrive send telegram (0) PZD send word 4 Header (0) PZD send word 5 (0) PZD send word 6 (0) PZD send word 7 (0) PZD send word 8 p2051 [2] p2051 [3]
PAGE 541
Fig. 2-37 2472 – Status words, free interconnection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].0 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082 [0 15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080 [0 15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [2] 0 1 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].
PAGE 542
Function diagrams Communication 2.5.
PAGE 543
Fig. 2-38 Mapping RPDO 1 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8710[0..3] (0000 hex) <2> 9204 – Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Receive PDO 1 0000 hex ... 8000 06DF hex p8700[0..1] (8000 06DF hex) RPDO 1 Automatic assignment of the RPDOs to the receive buffer. <1> Object 1 PZD1 recv bitw Bit 0 r2090.0 ... r2090.
PAGE 544
RPDO 1 Automatic assignment of the RPDOs to the receive buffer. <1> Receive buffer 60400010 r2050 [0] PZD receive word 1 PZD1 recv bitw Bit 0 r2090.0 ... r2090.
PAGE 545
Fig. 2-40 9208 – Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Transmit PDO 1 0000 hex ... C000 06DF hex p8720[0..4] (C000 06DF hex) CANopen send words 1 ... 8 PZD send word p2051 [0] (0) Diag send word r2053[0..7] ... Automatic assignment of the send buffer to the TPDOs Send buffer Mapping TPDO 1 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8730[0..
PAGE 546
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 9210 – Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) PZD send word p2051 [1] (0) PZD send word p2051 [2] (0) Diag send word r2053[0..7] ... Send buffer Automatic assignment of the send buffer to the TPDOs <1> TPDO 1 60410010 PZD send word 1 PZD send word 2 CANopen send telegram Transmit PDO 2 Mapping TPDO 2 p8721 p8731 COB-ID Object 1 PZD send word 3 . . .
PAGE 547
Fig. 2-42 9220 – Control word, CANopen © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Signal targets for control word CANopen (r8795) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] parameters <1> internal control word signal target Signal Meaning STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with RFG, then pulse suppression and ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] - STW1.
PAGE 548
1 = Ready for switching on From sequence control 1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) From sequence control 2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) From fault buffer [8060] 3 1 = Fault present From sequence control 4 1 = No coast down active From sequence control 5 1 = No fast stop active From sequence control 6 1 = Switching on inhibited active From alarm buffer [8065] 7 1 = Alarm present 8 Freely interconnectable (BI: p8785) Bit 9 = 1 --> Ready to exch
PAGE 549
Function diagrams Internal control/status words 2.
PAGE 550
1. OFF2 p0844 [C] (1) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 2501 – Control word, sequence control ON/OFF1 <3> 2. OFF2 p0845 [C] p0840 [C] (722.0) STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 Control word sequence control (r0898) Bit No. 0 = ON 0 = OFF1 active r0898.0 To the control unit 1 1 = Operating condition, no coast down active (OFF2 inactive) 0 = OFF2 active r0898.
PAGE 551
PROFIdrive-Bit Fig. 2-45 2503 – Status word, sequence control © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Bit No. ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 Status word sequence control (r0899) From the control unit 0 1 = Ready for switching on r0899.0 From the control unit 1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0899.1 From the control unit 2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) r0899.
PAGE 552
n_set_fixed Bit 2 n_set_fixed Bit 3 Inhib neg dir Inhib pos dir Setp inv Mop raise Mop lower Bypass RFG p1020 [C] (0) 0 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 r1198.0 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2] (0) 1 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198.1 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2] (0) 2 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 r1198.2 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2] (0) 3 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 3 r1198.3 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2] 4 Reserved (1) 5 1 = Inhibit negative direction of rotation r1198.
PAGE 553
Fig. 2-47 2510 – Status word 1 (r0052) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 ZSW 1 Bit No. [2503.7] r0899 r0899.0 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.1 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.2 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.3 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2503.7] r0899 r0899.4 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.5 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.6 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.7 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.
PAGE 554
Bit No. © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 [7017.5] r1239 r1239.8 DCBRK ZSW [2534.7] r2197 r2197.5 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.0 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.8 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.2 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.1 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.4 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.9 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.10 ZSW monitor 1 [3080.7] r1199 r1199.
PAGE 555
Fig. 2-49 ON/OFF1 r0898 r0898.0 [2501.7] r0898 r0898.1 [2501.7] r0898 r0898.2 [2501.7] r0898 r0898.3 [2501.7] (1) [2501.7] (1) r0898 r0898.4 (1) r0898 r0898.5 [2501.7] [2501.7] (1) r0898 r0898.6 r2138 r2138.7 [2546.7] (0) r0898 r0898.8 [2501.7] r0898 r0898.9 [2501.7] (0) r0898 r0898.10 [2501.7] (1) p1113 [C] (722.1) r1198 r1198.11 [2505.7] p0840 [C] (722.0) (1) 1. OFF3 p0848 [C] (1) Operation enable 2. OFF3 p0849 [C] Bit No. STW seq_ctrl (1) 2.
PAGE 556
[2505.7] r1198 r1198.0 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.1 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.2 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.3 STW setpoint chan [8565.7] r0837 r0837.0 DDS selected [8565.7] r0837 r0837.1 DDS selected © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 [7958.6] r2349 r2349.0 Tec_ctrl status [7017.7] r1239 r1239.11 DCBRK ZSW [2520.7] r1406 r1406.11 STW n_ctrl [2520.7] r1406 r1406.
PAGE 557
Fig. 2-51 2520 – Control word, speed controller © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 n_ctrl integ stop p1476 [C] n_ctrl integ set p1477 [C] Droop enable Changeov n/M_ctrl 0 Reserved 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved (0) 4 1 = speed controller, hold I component r1406.4 To the speed controller [6040.4] (0) 5 1 = speed controller, set I component r1406.5 To the speed controller [6040.
PAGE 558
r1407.0 1 1 = Sensorless operation active r1407.1 2 1 = Closed-loop torque control active r1407.2 3 1 = Closed-loop speed control active r1407.3 4 Reserved From the speed controller [6040.7] 5 1 = Speed controller, I component held r1407.5 From the speed controller [6040.7] 6 1 = Speed controller, I component set r1407.6 From the torque setpoint [6060.7] 7 1 = Torque limit reached r1407.7 From the torque setpoint [6060.7] 8 1 = Torque limiting, upper, active r1407.
PAGE 559
Fig. 2-53 2526 – Status word, closed-loop control © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Bit No. ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 Status word closed-loop control (r0056) 0 1 = Initialization completed r0056.0 1 1 = De-magnetization completed r0056.1 2 1 = Pulses enabled r0056.2 3 1 = Soft starting available 4 1 = Magnetization completed r0056.4 5 1 = Starting boost active r0056.5 6 1 = Acceleration voltage active [6730.
PAGE 560
[6714.8] [6730.3] [8012.7] 1 2 Internal control/status words Status word, current control r2198 r2198.7 ZSW monitor 2 3 Status word closed-loop current control (r1408) 0 1 = Closed-loop current control active r1408.0 1 1 = Id controller I comp. limitation r1408.
PAGE 561
Fig. 2-55 2534 – Status word, monitoring functions 1 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Bit No. ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197 Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197) From extended signals [8020.8] 0 1 = |n_act| <= n_min p1080 From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = |n_act| <= speed threshold value 2 (p2155) 2 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold value 2 (p2155) From speed signals [8011.8] 3 1 = n_act >= 0 r2197.
PAGE 562
0 1 = |n_act| <= speed threshold 5 r2198.0 From extended signals [8021.8] 1 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold 5 r2198.1 From extended signals [8021.8] 2 1 = |n_act| <= speed threshold 6 r2198.2 From extended signals [8021.8] 3 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold 6 r2198.3 From speed signals [8011.8] 4 1 = |n_set| < p2161 r2198.4 From speed signals [8011.8] 5 1 = n_set > 0 r2198.5 From torque messages, motor locked/stalled [8012.8] 6 1 = Motor blocked r2198.
PAGE 563
PROFIdrive-Bit Fig. 2-57 2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Bit No. ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) From speed signals [8010.8] 0 1 = |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 (p2161) From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = f or n comparison value reached or exceeded (p2141) 2 Reserved 3 Reserved From speed signals [8011.
PAGE 564
PROFIdrive-Bit 0 Reserved 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved p2104 [C] <1> (0) 7 3. Acknowledge p2105 [C] (0) <1> Pulse generator External fault 3 p2108 [C] <1> (1) Ext fault 3 t_on 0 ... 1000 [ms] p3110 (0) Ext fault 3 enab p3111 [C] (1) <1> Ext flt 3 enab neg p3112 [C] <1> (0) T 0 To fault buffer [8060.1] r2138.
PAGE 565
Fig. 2-59 2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Bit No. From the fault buffer [8060.6] From the alarm buffer [8065.4] ZSW fault/alarm 1 r2139 r2139 Status word, faults/alarms 1 0 1 = Acknowledgement running r2139.0 1 2 Reserved 3 1 = Fault present 4 5 Reserved 6 1 = Internal signal 1 present r2139.6 7 1 = Alarm present r2139.7 8 1 = Internal signal 2 present r2139.
PAGE 566
1 = OFF1 enable missing r0046.0 1 1 = OFF2 enable missing r0046.1 2 1 = OFF3 enable missing r0046.2 3 1 = Operation enable missing r0046.3 4 1 = DC current brake, enable missing r0046.4 ... Reserved 10 1 = Ramp-function generator enable missing r0046.10 11 1 = Ramp-function generator start missing r0046.11 12 1 = Setpoint enable missing r0046.12 ... Reserved 16 1 = OFF1 enable internal missing r0046.16 17 1 = OFF2 enable internal missing r0046.
PAGE 567
Function diagrams Setpoint channel 2.
PAGE 568
STW setpoint chan p1021 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.1 STW setpoint chan p1022 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.2 STW setpoint chan p1023 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.3 0.000 n_set_fixed 1 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1001 [D] (0.000) n_set_fixed 2 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1002 [D] (0.000) n_set_fixed 3 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1003 [D] (0.000) 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 n_set_fixed 4 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1004 [D] (0.000) n_set_fixed 5 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1005 [D] (0.
PAGE 569
Fig. 2-62 3011 – Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 p1020 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.0 STW setpoint chan p1021 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.1 STW setpoint chan r1198 [2505.2] r1198.2 STW setpoint chan p1023 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.3 STW setpoint chan p1022 n_setp_fix status r1025 n_set_fixed 1 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1001 [D] (0.000) 0001 n_set_fixed 2 -210000.000 ... 210000.
PAGE 570
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 3020 – Motorized potentiometer Initial rounding-off active 0 1 Save in NVRAM active 0 1 Ramp-function generator is 0 always active 1 2 3 4 Mop raise p1035 [C] (0) Mop lower p1036 [C] (0) STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198.13 Without ramp generator in automatic mode (ramp-up/ramp-down time = 0). With ramp generator in automatic mode. Without initial rounding. With initial rounding.
PAGE 571
Fig. 2-64 3030 – Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 <1> STW seq_ctrl p1055 r0898 [2501.7] r0898 .8 PcCtrl active r0807.0 [2501.2] Setpoint from external OP or operating tool STW seq_ctrl r0898 [2501.7] r0898 .
PAGE 572
3040 – Direction limitation and direction reversal © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 1 = Direction reversal ESM activation p3880 (0) STW setpoint chan r1198 p1111 [2505.2] r1198 .6 STW setpoint chan r1198 [2505.2] r1198.5 p1110 [7974.3] 1 = Inhibit positive direction of rotation 1 = Inhibit negative direction of rotation n_limit setp 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1063 [D] (210000.000) [3030.
PAGE 573
Fig. 2-66 3050 – Skip frequency bands and frequency limitations © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 n_skip 4 n_skip 3 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1094 [D] (0.000) p1093 [D] (0.000) n_skip 1 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] n_skip 2 <1> <1> 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1091 [D] (0.000) n_limit pos p1092 [D] (0.000) <1> 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] <1> p1083 [D] (210000.
PAGE 574
0 = Internal fast stop 0 1 1 = Bypass ramp-function generator <3> 0 STW setpoint chan p1122 r1198 [2505.7] r1198 .15 [3080.8] 0 0 1 0 1 Ramp flattening-off STW seq_ctrl r0898 p1142 [2501.7] r0898 .6 1 = Enable frequency setpoint RFG setp at inp [1/min] [3050.8] 1 r1119 From the setpoint limiting 0 0 Tup Tdn Freeze ramp-function generator x 0 1 1 0 0 x Tup Tdn 0 p1082 0 f_set_4 [3080.1] y 1 t -p1082 STW seq_ctrl r0898 1 = Enable ramp-function [2501.7] r0898.
PAGE 575
Fig. 2-68 [2634.8] 3070 – Extended ramp-function generator © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 RFG ramp-up time RFG ramp-down time OFF3 t_RD RFG t_start_round RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd RFG t_end_delay RFG OFF3 t_end_del 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] 0.000 ... 5400.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] p1120 [D] (10.000) p1121 [D] (30.000) <5> p1135 [D] (30.
PAGE 576
Hochlaufgeber freigeben (von STW Ablaufsteuerung) STW seq_ctrl n_ctrl n_set 1 p1155 [C] (0) <2> <3> Ramp-function generator selection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 3080 – Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking n_ctrl n_set 2 p1160 [C] (0) <2> r0898.4 [2501.7] 1 1 0 0 0 + 0 x,y T1 x x y y n_ctrl n_set 1/2 [1/min] r1169 <5> + t Interpolator + RFG selection p1115 [3060.
PAGE 577
Function diagrams V/f control 2.
PAGE 578
Linear © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 6300 – V/f characteristic and voltage boost ECO Mode Mot f_rated 0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz] p0310 [D] (0.00) U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 r1348 0 ... 22 p1300 [D] (2) U/f Eco fac act v [%] Flux current control (FCC) Dependent on the load current U_output max [Veff] r0071 0/5 1/6 2 3 [1690.4] 4 U/f FCC f_start 0.00 ... 3000.00 [Hz] p1333 [D] (0.00) [1690.1] Mot f_rated 0.00 ...
PAGE 579
Fig. 2-71 6310 – Resonance damping and slip compensation © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 V/f slip compensation V/f resonance damping Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) f_res damp Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) [1690.7] + Slip comp scal 0.0 ... 600.0 [%] p1335 [D] (0.0) Iq_act [Aeff] r0078 [6714.8] Slip comp lim val 0.00 ... 600.00 [%] p1336 [D] (250.
PAGE 580
Vdc_max (V/f control) Vdc act val [V] r0070 Vdc_ctrl t_rate 0 ... 1000 [ms] p1292 [D] (10) Vdc_min outp_lim 0.00 ... 600.00 [Hz] p1293 [D] (600.00) <1> 0 1,3 + 0 0 1 0 0,2 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 .14 [2526.2] Calculate on_level 0 Vdc_max on_level [V] r1282 Vdc_max dyn_factor 1 ... 10000 [%] p1283 [D] (100) Vdc_max SenseOnLev 0 ... 1 p1294 (0) Vdc_ctrl output [1/min] r1298 V_connect 1 ... 63000 [V] p0210 (400) 0 [1690] Vdc_min (V/f control) (only for PM240) Vdc_min on_level 65 ...
PAGE 581
Function diagrams Vector control 2.
PAGE 582
6030 – Speed setpoint, droop M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm] r1508 3 Droop input <1> Droop scaling 0.000 ... 0.500 p1489 [D] (0.050) 2 [6060.5] 1 M_set [Nm] [6060.8] r0079 150 ms 0 0 nN MN 0 STW n_ctrl p1492 r1406 [2520.7] r1406.11 0 Droop n_reduction [1/min] r1490 1 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.10 [2522.3] n_set before filt. [1/min] r0060 n_set_filt 1 T 0.00 ... 5000.00 [ms] p1416 [D] (0.00) ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.
PAGE 583
Fig. 2-74 6031 – Pre-control balancing, acceleration model © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Mot M_mom of inert 0.000000 ... 100000.000000 [kgm²] p0341 [D] (0.000000) ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.14 Mot MomInert Ratio 1.000 ... 10000.000 p0342 [D] (1.000) a_before scaling 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (0.0) 0 Acceleration calculation 1 Calculated accelerating torque [6060.1] 0 n_C n_act T_s SLVC 0.00 ... 32000.
PAGE 584
<1> Kp_n_basic Tn_n_adapt From Kp/Tn adaptation [6050.7] Tn_n_basic Kp_n_adapt 6040 – Speed controller [6490.7] n_ctrl config 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active p1400.5 n_ctrl config p1400.0 [6490.7] 1 0 0 n_ctr Tn eff [ms] r1469 n_ctr Kp eff r1468 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active Speed controller Kp Kp Tn Kp n_ctrl n_set [1/min] [6031.8] r1438 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 n_C n_act T_s SLVC 0.00 ... 32000.
PAGE 585
Fig. 2-76 [6490.7] Adapt_factor upper 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1459 [D] (100.0) n_ctrl Adpt_sig Kp p1455 [C] (0) 6050 – Kp_n/Tn_n adaption © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Free Kp_n adaptation Free Tn adaptation active (p1400.6) y 1 0 x 1 Adapt_factor lower 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1458 [D] (100.0) x n_ctrl AdaptKpLow <1> 0.00 ... 400.00 [%] p1456 [D] (0.00) n_ctrl AdaptKp up <1> 0.00 ... 400.00 [%] p1457 [D] (0.
PAGE 586
<5> + M_suppl 1 scal p1512 [C] (0) + M_suppl 2 scal -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1514 [D] (100.0) STW seq_ctrl r0898 [2501.7] r0898.8 6060 – Torque setpoint M_suppl 2 p1513 [C] (0) M_suppl total [Nm] r1515 1 p1400.14 1 = Torque pre-control <1> 1 1 = Speed controller enable <1> <2> M_accel [Nm] r1518[0] Calculated accelerating torque [6031.8] [6490.7] 0 M_accel T_smooth 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p1517 [D] (4.00) <3> <1> <2> M_accel [Nm] r1518[1] + 0 0 + 1 M_max upper eff [Nm] [6640.
PAGE 587
Fig. 2-78 6220 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (PM230 / PM240) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Vdc_ctrl Tn 0 ... 10000 [ms] p1251 [D] (0) Vdc_ctrl Kp <1> 0.00 ... 100.00 Vdc_ctr config vec p1250 [D] (1.00) 0 ... 3 p1240 [D] (1) <2> Vdc_max (Vector control) Vdc act val [V] r0070 Vdc_ctrl t_rate 0 ... 1000 [ms] p1252 [D] (0) 0 1,3 + 0 0 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 .14 1 0 0,2 [2526.
PAGE 588
Bit No. 6490 – Speed control configuration © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 1 2 Vector control Speed control configuration Factory setting Meaning 00 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active 1 [6040.3] 01 1 = Sensorless vector control, freeze I component 0 [6040.3] 02 Reserved 03 Reserved 04 Reserved 05 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active 1 [6040.3] 06 1 = Free Tn adaptation active 0 [6050.
PAGE 589
Fig. 2-80 Flux control, configuration Bit No. 6491 – Flux control configuration © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Flux ctrl config - ... p1401 [D] (0000 0110 bin) Meaning 00 1 = Flux setpoint, soft starting active 0 [6722.3] 01 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active 1 [6723.
PAGE 590
M 1 n ! <1> M_max upper scal p1528 [C] (1524[0]) M_max up/mot scal -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1524 [D] (100.0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Lower torque limit 3 <1> <2> 4 ! ! <2> [6640.1] M_max lower scal p1529 [C] (1525[0]) M_max lower scal -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1525 [D] (100.
PAGE 591
Fig. 2-82 6640 – Current/power/torque limits © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Current limiting Speed limiting Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [D] U_output max [Veff] r0071 Kp from speed controller [6040.5] Tn from speed controller [6040.6] [6722.1] [6723.4] [6724.4] Iq stall calculation [8016.8] I_max reduction Min Iq_max total [Aeff] r1533 x x2 [6730.4] I_max Power Module [6731.4] [6723.8] [3050.
PAGE 592
6710 – Current setpoint filter [6220.8] Iq_max 1 [6640.8] 0 Isq_max [Aeff] r1536 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.15 Iq_min 1 [6220.8] [6640.8] 0 Isq_min [Aeff] r1537 M_set [Nm] r0079 [6060.8] M [6721.1] Iq [6730.1] [6732.1] 1 Vector control Current setpoint filter 2 Iq_set [Aeff] r0077 Interpolator and smoothing for voltage limits [6714.1] Isq_s T_smth FW 0.1 ... 50.
PAGE 593
Fig. 2-84 6714 – Iq and Id controllers © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Transv_decpl scal 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1726 [D] (75.0) Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [D] TrnsvDecplVmaxScal 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1727 [D] (50.0) <2> U_quad_decoupl [Veff] r1729 Flux setp total [%] <1> [6723.1] r1598 <2> [6724.1] U_soll 1 Pre-control, de-coupling and limiting U_dir-axis_decoupl [Veff] r1728 U_max 1 [6723.4] <1> [6724.
PAGE 594
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 6721 – Id setpoint (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) Mot phi_load opt 0.0 ... 135.0 [°] p0327 [D] (90.0) MIN [6714] Id_inject Iq_set [Aeff] r0077 Id_setp total [Aeff] r1624 0 To current controller 1 Load angle correction Id_set Iabs 2 Iq 2 M Iq (r1407.2) [6640.5] [6710.2] [6799.7] 0 = M-Ctrl Mot kT_reluctance -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [mH] p0328 [D] (0.
PAGE 595
Fig. 2-86 6722 – Field weakening characteristic, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Field weak T_smth 0 ... 20000 [ms] p1584 [D] (0) U_output max [Veff] r0071 Mot t_excitation 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] p0346 [D] (0.000) [6640.1] Flux setpoint 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.8 y [2526.2] n_act [1/min] [6730.1] r0063[0] Flux ctrl config p1401.
PAGE 596
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 6723 – Field weakening controller, flux controller (ASM, p0300 = 1) Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1803 [D] (115.0) <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth U_max 1 Modulat_depth max [%] r0073 [6714.8] U_output max [Veff] r0071 U_reserve dyn 0.0 ... 150.0 [Veff] p1574 [D] (2.0) <1> Field_ctrl Tn 10 ... 10000 [ms] p1596 [D] (300) [6640.1] 0 Vdc act val [V] r0070 + [6730.
PAGE 597
Fig. 2-88 Pulse freq setp 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1800 [D] (4.000) Modulator mode 0 ... 10 p1802 [D] (10) <1> Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1803 [D] (115.0) <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth 6724 – Field weakening controller (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Drv filt type mot 0 ... 4 p0230 (0) U_max 1 [6714.8] U_output max [Veff] r0071 Modulat_depth max [%] r0073 U_reserve dyn 0.0 ... 150.
PAGE 598
Vdc act val [V] r0070 DC link voltage U_output [Veff] r0072 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 6730 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1) [6799.1] 2 [1690.8] [6714.8] U_set + Pulse enable HW Modulat_depth [%] r0074 [6799.1] U U_angle f_Slip r0065 Current model [6310.5] Precontrol speed [6030.8] Vibration damping + n_act [1/min] r0063[0..
PAGE 599
Fig. 2-90 6731 – Interface to the Power Module (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Control Unit [6724.1] [6799.1] Power Module Vdc act val [V] r0070 DC link voltage U_output [Veff] r0072 Modulat_depth [%] [6799.1] r0074 [6799.1] 2 U_set [6714.8] [6714.8] Pulse enable HW U U_angle Current model Precontrol speed n_act [1/min] [6030.8] r0063[0] p1764 Vibration damping + PWM ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.
PAGE 600
n_act [1/min] r0063[0] n_act smooth [1/min] r0021 100 ms Modulat_depth [%] r0074 [6714.8] Id_act [Aeff] r0076 [6714.8] Iq_act [Aeff] r0078 100 ms Mod_depth smth [%] r0028 300 ms Id_act smooth [Aeff] r0029 300 ms Iq_act smooth [Aeff] r0030 T_smth display p0045 n_act [1/min] r0063[1] <1> [6730.1] M <2> [6721.8] Iq [6730.4] [6731.4] f_outp [Hz] r0066 100 ms © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 U_output [Veff] [6730.
PAGE 601
Function diagrams Free Function Blocks 2.
PAGE 602
7200 – Run-time groups / Sampling times © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 2 3 4 5 6 r20001[1] = 8 ms r20001[2] = 16 ms r20001[3] = 32 ms r20001[4] = 64 ms r20001[5] = 128 ms r20001[6] = 256 ms Logic function blocks AND, OR, XOR, NOT X X X X X X Arithmetic function blocks ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, AVA, NCM, PLI - - - - X X Time function blocks MFP, PCL, PDE, PDF, PST - - - - X X Memory function blocks RSR, DS
PAGE 603
Bild 2-93 7210 – AND (AND function block with 4 inputs) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 AND 0 AND 2 AND 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20032 (9999) AND 0 inputs p20030 [0] [1] [2] [3] I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20040 (9999) AND 2 inputs p20038 [0] [1] [2] [3] AND 0 output Q r20031 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20033 (10) AND 3 AND 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20036 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 3 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 604
OR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20048 (9999) OR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20056 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 2 inputs p20054 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 0 output Q r20047 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20049 (60) OR 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20057 (80) OR 1 OR 3 OR 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20052 (9999) OR 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20060 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 3 inputs p20058 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 1 output Q r20051 I0 I1 I2 I3 OR 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 605
Fig. 2-95 7214 – XOR (XOR function block with 4 inputs) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 XOR 0 XOR 2 XOR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20064 (9999) XOR 0 inputs p20062 [0] [1] [2] [3] I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20072 (9999) XOR 2 inputs p20070 [0] [1] [2] [3] XOR 0 output Q r20063 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20065 (110) XOR 3 XOR 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20068 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 3 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 606
NOT 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20080 (9999) NOT 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20092 (9999) I © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 NOT 1 input I p20082 (0) NOT 3 input I p20090 (0) NOT 0 inv output r20079 I NOT 1 NOT 4 NOT 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20084 (9999) NOT 4 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20302 (9999) 1 Q NOT 4 input I p20300 (0) NOT 1 inv output r20083 I 1 NOT 4 inv output r20301 Q NOT 1 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20085 (170) NOT 4 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 607
Fig. 2-97 7220 – ADD (adder with 4 inputs), SUB (subtracter) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 ADD 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20096 (9999) ADD 0 ADD 0 inputs p20094 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 SUB 0 + ADD 0 output Y r20095 Y SUB 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20104 (9999) SUB 0 inputs p20102 [0] [1] ADD 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20097 (210) ADD 1 ADD 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 608
DIV 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20121 (9999) MUL 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20112 (9999) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 7222 – MUL (multiplier), DIV (divider) MUL 0 inputs p20110 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 x DIV 0 inputs p20118 [0] [1] MUL 0 product Y r20111 Y X1 X2 X1 / X2 Y YIN MOD QF DIV 0 quotient DIV 0 Quotient r20119 [0] [1] DIV 0 Multiple integer quotient [2] DIV 0 Division remainder r20120 DIV 0 divisor=0 QF DIV 0 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 609
Fig. 2-99 7224 – AVA (absolute value generators) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 AVA 0 AVA 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20131 (9999) AVA 0 input X p20128 (0) Y X SN AVA 0 output Y r20129 AVA 0 input neg SN r20130 AVA 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20132 (340) AVA 1 AVA 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20136 (9999) AVA 1 input X p20133 (0) Y X SN AVA 1 output Y r20134 AVA 1 input neg SN r20135 3 4 5 6 FP_7224_97_51.vsd 13.12.2010 V4.
PAGE 610
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 7225 – NCM (numerical comparator) NCM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20316 (9999) NCM 0 inputs p20312 [0] [1] X1 X2 > = < QU QE QL X1 > X2 X1 = X2 X1 < X2 r20313 NCM 0 output QU r20314 NCM 0 output QE r20315 NCM 0 output QL r20319 NCM 1 output QU r20320 NCM 1 output QE r20321 NCM 1 output QL NCM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20317 (820) NCM 1 NCM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 611
Fig. 2-101 7226 – PLI (scaling polyline) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 PLI 0 PLI 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20376 (9999) PLI 0 X-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20374 (0.0000) PLI 0 input X p20372 (0) Breakpoint 0 (A0/B0 = p20374[0]/p20375[0]) ... Breakpoint 19 (A19/B19 = p20374[19]/p20375[19]) A18/B18 Y A19/B19 X Xn X A0/B0 PLI 0 Y-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20375 (0.
PAGE 612
MFP 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20139 (0.00) MFP 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20357 (9999) MFP 2 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20355 (0.00) T I Q MFP 0 output Q r20140 MFP 2 inp_pulse I p20354 (0) T I T Q MFP 2 output Q r20356 PCL 0 inp_pulse I p20148 (0) T I Q MFP 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20358 (950) PCL 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20152 (400) MFP 1 MFP 3 PCL 1 MFP 1 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20144 (0.00) MFP 3 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20362 (9999) MFP 3 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20360 (0.
PAGE 613
Fig. 2-103 7232 – PDE (switch-in delay) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 PDE 0 PDE 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20161 (9999) PDE 2 PDE 0 t_del ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20159 (0.00) PDE 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20337 (9999) PDE 2 t_del ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20335 (0.00) T PDE 0 inp_pulse I p20158 (0) T I 0 T Q PDE 2 inp_pulse I p20334 (0) PDE 0 output Q r20160 T I PDE 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20162 (430) I PDE 1 t_del ms 0.00 ... 60000.
PAGE 614
PDF 2 PDF 0 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20169 (0.00) PDF 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20347 (9999) PDF 2 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20345 (0.00) T PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20168 (0) 0 I T T Q PDF 2 inp_pulse I p20344 (0) PDF 0 output Q r20170 0 I T © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 PDF 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20172 (460) PDF 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20348 (920) PDF 1 PDF 3 PDF 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20176 (9999) PDF 1 t_ext ms 0.00 ...
PAGE 615
Fig. 2-105 PST 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20181 (9999) 7234 – PST (pulse extender) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 PST 0 PST 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20179 (0.00) T PST 0 inputs p20178 Input pulse [0] Reset input [1] T I R PST 0 output Q r20180 Q PST 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20182 (490) PST 1 PST 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20186 (9999) PST 1 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20184 (0.
PAGE 616
DFR 0 inputs p20198 [0] [1] [2] [3] RSR 0 output Q r20189 Q S R DFR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20201 (9999) DFR 0 RSR 0 inv outp QN r20190 QN Trigger input D input Set Reset I D S R RSR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20192 (520) RSR 1 inputs p20193 Set [0] Reset [1] DFR 1 inputs p20203 [0] [1] [2] [3] RSR 1 output Q r20194 RSR 1 inv outp QN r20195 QN Trigger input D input Set Reset I D S R RSR 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 617
Fig. 2-107 BSW 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20211 (9999) BSW 0 inputs p20208 [0] [1] NSW 0 BSW 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20212 (580) I0 0 I1 Q 1 NSW 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20221 (9999) NSW 0 inputs p20218 [0] [1] BSW 0 output Q r20210 I BSW 0 sw_setting p20209 (0) X0 0 X1 BSW 1 inputs p20213 [0] [1] BSW 1 sw_setting p20214 (0) NSW 1 I0 0 Q 1 NSW 0 output Y r20220 I NSW 0 sw_setting p20219 (0) BSW 1 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20217 (590) I1 Y 1 BSW 1 BSW 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20216 (9999) NSW 0 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 618
7260 – LIM (limiter) LIM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20234 (9999) LIM 0 input X p20228 (0) LIM 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20229 (0.0000) LU LIM 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20230 (0.0000) LL LIM 0 QU r20232 QU X Y © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 QL LIM 0 QL r20233 QU LIM 1 QU r20240 LIM 0 output Y r20231 LIM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20235 (640) LIM 1 LIM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 619
Fig. 2-109 7262 – PT1 (smoothing element) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 PT1 0 PT1 1 PT1 0 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20246 (0.00) PT1 1 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20252 (0.00) PT1 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20248 (9999) PT1 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20254 (9999) PT1 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20249 (670) T PT1 0 inputs p20244 Input [0] Set value [1] T S Y X SV S PT1 1 acc set val p20251 (0) 4 5 6 FP_7262_97_51.vsd 13.12.
PAGE 620
INT 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20265 (700) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 7264 – INT (integrator), DIF (differentiating element) INT 0 T_Integr ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20259 (0.00) INT 0 inputs p20256 Input [0] Set value [1] TI X SV INT 0 acc set val p20260 (0) S INT 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20257 (0.0000) LU INT 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20258 (0.
PAGE 621
Fig. 2-111 7270 – LVM (limit value monitor, double-sided with hysteresis) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 LVM 0 LVM 1 LVM 0 avg value M -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20267 (0.0000) LVM 0 limit L -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20268 (0.0000) LVM 0 hyst HY -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20269 (0.0000) L M LVM 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 622
Function diagrams Technology functions 2.
PAGE 623
Fig. 2-112 7017 – DC brake (p0300 = 1) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 <1> <2> Current actual values I_act abs val [Aeff] [6714] r0068[0..1] Mot t_de-excitat. DCBRK I_brake DCBRK time DCBRK n_start 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Aeff] 0.0 ... 3600.0 [s] 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p0347 [D] (0.000) p1232 [D] (0.00) p1233 [D] (1.0) p1234 [D] (210000.00) n_act n_set DCBRK config 0 ...
PAGE 624
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 7970 – Free Technology controller 0, 1, 2 Ftec0 setp aft RFG [%] r11060 Ftec0 setp s_s p11053 (0) Ftec0 sys dev [%] r11073 + + + <1> <1> Ftec0 out_sig [%] r11094 + Ftec0 stat_word r11049 r11049.10 Ftec0 setp t_r-dn 0.00 ... 650.00 [s] p11058 (1.00) Ftec0 act v up lim Ftec0 act v T -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] 0.00 ... 60.00 [s] P11067 (100.00) p11065 (0.00) Ftec0 act v inv 0 ...
PAGE 625
Fig. 2-114 7972 – Multi Zone Control © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Zone_ctrl intercon 0 ... 1 p31020 (0) CU AI value in % [%] r0755 [0] Zone_ctrl setp inp p31023 [0] (0) Zone_ctrl setp inp p31023 [1] (0) 0 0 1 + 0 + 1,2 >0 Zone_ctrl set outp [%] r31024 To technology controller p2253 [7958.
PAGE 626
7973 – Essential Service Mode ESM status word [7958.3] r3889 r3889.0 ESM setp source 0 ... 4 p3881 (0) 0 -1 Total setpoint eff [1/min] r1078 ESM status word r3889 r3889.2 [3010.5] n_set_fixed 15 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1015 [D] (0.000) F03505 caused by wire breakage in AI0 0 10 s 1 LBSW <2> ESM altern. setp 0 ... 2 p3882 (0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 n_ref f_ref x1 6.00 ... 210000.
PAGE 627
Fig. 2-116 7975 – Bypass © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Line Bypass configuration Bypass STW / ZSW r1261 r1261 Bypass config 0 ... 3 p1260 (0) . . . Chngov_src config - ... p1267 (0000 bin) . . . Interlock against simultaneous closing SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 K1 Switch t_monit 0 ... 5000 [ms] p1274 (1000) K2 Bypass contactors Example: Activation via a control signal (p1267.
PAGE 628
Line Staging ZSW r2379 r2379 Staging enab 0 ... 1 p2370 [D] (0) 7976 – Staging SINAMICS G120 Relay outputs CU230P-2 (digital outputs) .. . Motor Starters To technology controller input of inverter Pressure Sensor Destag t_hold 0.000 ... 999.000 [s] p2387 (0.
PAGE 629
Fig. 2-118 7978 – Hibernation © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Hib op_mode 0 ... 1 p2398 (0) Setting p2200 = 1, p2251 = 0, p2398 = 1, p2394 > 0 (Hibernation with boost using the technology setpoint as the main setpoint) Setting p2200 = 0, p2251 = 0,1, p2398 = 1, p2394 = 0 (Hibernation without boost using an external setpoint) Hib op_mode 0 ... 1 p2398 (0) % Technology setpoint Hib start w Tec_c <1> 0.000 ... 200.
PAGE 630
Function diagrams Technology controller 2.
PAGE 631
Fig. 2-119 7950 – Fixed values, binary selection (p2216 = 2) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) 23 0.00 % 0000 Tec_ctrl fix val1 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) Tec_ctrl fix val 2 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2202 [D] (20.00) 0010 Tec_ctrl fix val 3 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2203 [D] (30.
PAGE 632
(0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW r2225 r2225 (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl fix val1 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) 0001 Tec_ctrl fix val 2 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2202 [D] (20.00) Tec_ctrl fix val 3 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2203 [D] (30.00) 0010 0100 + Tec_ctrl fix val 4 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2204 [D] (40.
PAGE 633
Fig. 2-121 0 Data save active 0 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON is entered using r2231. Initial rounding-off active 0 1 Without initial rounding. With initial rounding. The ramp-up/down time set is exceeded accordingly.
PAGE 634
ZSW cl-loop ctrl 7958 – Closed-loop control Tec_ctrl set2 scal 0.00 ... 100.00 [%] p2256 (100.00) Tec_ctrl setp 2 p2254 [C] + (0) Tec_ctr set aftRFG [%] Tec_ctr set aftFlt [%] Tec_ctrl error [%] r2260 r2273 r2262 p2263 = 1 Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up Tec_ctrl set T Tec_ctrl fault inv 0.00 ... 650.00 [s] 0.000 ... 60.000 [s] 0 ... 1 p2257 (1.00) p2261 (0.000) p2306 (0) 0 1 + 1 (0) Tec_reg Kp 0.000...1000.000 p2280 (1.000) ESM status word r3889 r3889.
PAGE 635
Function diagrams Signals and monitoring functions 2.
PAGE 636
n_limit neg eff [1/min] 8010 – Speed signals 1 n_act [1/min] r0063 [1] 0 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.6 [2534.3] n n [6799.4] |n_act| > n_max n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2161 [D] (5.00) n_act_filt T 0 ... 1000000 [ms] n_act smth message [1/min] p2153 [D] (0) r2169 n_act [1/min] r0063 [0] [6730.1] [6731.1] [8011.2] [8012.5] [8013.1] Hyst n_act>n_max 0.00 ... 60000.00 [1/min] p2162 [D] (0.00) ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 .0 [2537.3] 1 0 n_thresh val 1 0.00 ... 210000.
PAGE 637
Fig. 2-124 n_act smth message [1/min] [8010.2] r2169 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.3 [2534.3] n_act >= 0 1 0 8011 – Speed signals 2 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 0 <1> 0 n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [1/min] p2150 [D] (2.00) n_set for msg p2151 [C] (1170[0]) 1 [3080.8] 0 n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2161 [D] (5.00) <1> n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [1/min] p2150 [D] (2.00) n_thresh val 4 0.00 ... 210000.
PAGE 638
Load monit n_act p3230 [C] <1> (0) ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 .10 1 0 & ZSW n_ctrl 0 [2522.7] Mot lock n_thresh n_act smth message [1/min] 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2175 [D] (120.00) r2169 [8010.2] 1 [6060.8] Mot lock t_del p2177 1 20 r1407 r1407 .7 M_thresh val 1 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2174 [D] (5.13) M_set [Nm] r0079 p1300 Mot stall enab neg p2144 [C] (0) Ramp-function generator operating T 5,6, 19 0 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 .6 [2536.3] 0..
PAGE 639
Fig. 2-126 8013 – Load monitoring © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 M_act_filt T 0 ... 1000000 [ms] p3233 [D] (100) p2149.1 A07926 "Envelop characteristic, parameter not valid" <2> 1 M_act [Nm] r0080[0] [6799.8] M [Nm] 0 M_thresh 3 upper 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2189 [D] (10000000.00) M_thresh 3 lower 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2190 [D] (0.00) Load monit config Load monit resp 0 ... 3 0 ...
PAGE 640
Maximum power module temperature T_max heatsink 1 1 = Fault thermal overload in power module ZSW fault/alarm 2 r2135 r2135.13 [2548.2] Temperature measurement 1 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 8014 – Thermal monitoring, power module Max Faults "Power unit overtemperature" F30004 Inverter heatsink F30024 Thermal model F30025 Chip F30035 Air intake 0 PU temperatures [°C] Pulse freq setp 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1800 [D] (4.
PAGE 641
Mot temp [°C] r0035 MotTMod T_amb. [°C] r0630 [D] Thermal 3-mass-model (for induction motors only) MotTMod T_core [°C] r0631 [D] MotTMod T_copper [°C] r0632 [D] Mot_temp flt thr 0.0 ... 240.0 [°C] p0605 [D] (145.0) MotTMod T_rotor [°C] r0633 [D] Mot temp response 0 ... 2 p0610 [D] (1) <4> 1 Fault response & 0 T_mes KTY sensor type (threshold not applicable for PTC) Mot_temp al thr 0.0 ... 240.0 [°C] p0604 [D] (130.0) 1650 <5> Mot_temp_sens type 0 ...
PAGE 642
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 8017 – Thermal I2t motor model (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) Therm Mot_mod conf - ... p0612 [D] (0010 bin) 1 [8016.6] 0 Mot I_standstill 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Aeff] p0318 [D] (0.00) Thermal I²t motor model (only for synchronous machine) I_act abs val [Aeff] r0068[0] not smoothed model model I2t mot_mod T 0 ... 20000 [s] p0611 [D] (0) [8016.
PAGE 643
Fig. 2-130 8020 – Monitoring functions 1 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 n_min p1080 n_act smth message [1/min] r2169 [8010.2] 1 0 0 RFG setp at inp [1/min] [3050.8] r1119 1 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 + ZSW 2 r0053 r0053.2 [2511.6] 1 0 ZSW 2 r0053 r0053.6 [2511.6] 0 1 n_standst n_thresh p1226 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 -1 n_act [1/min] r0063 Pulse suppr t_del p1228 1 0 1 0 Vdc thresh val p2172 Vdc act val [V] r0070 [6730.
PAGE 644
1 n_act smth message [1/min] r2169 [8010.2] 0 T 0 8021 – Monitoring functions 2 n_thresh val 5 p2157 Del compar n_5 p2158 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 1 0 0 n_thresh val 6 p2159 T 1 T 0 0 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 n_thresh val 6 p2159 1 T 0 0 [6799.8] M_act [Nm] r0080 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198.2 |n_act| <= p2159 Del compar n_6 p2160 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198.
PAGE 645
Function diagrams Faults and warnings 2.
PAGE 646
8060 – Fault buffer t_System relative 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) 32 bit counter, free running 0 = "No fault present" <2> Fault code Fault value Fault time "come" Fault time "removed" Fault 1 r0945[0] r0949[0] [I32] r2133[0] [Float] r0948[0] [ms] r2130[0] [d] r2109[0] [ms] r2136[0] [d] Fault 2 r0945[1] r0949[1] [I32] r2133[1] [Float] r0948[1] [ms] r2130[1] [d] r2109[1] [ms] r2136[1] [d] Fault times III [8065.
PAGE 647
Fig. 2-133 <1> 0 = "No alarm present" Alarm code [8060.1] 8065 – Warning buffer © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Actual alarm code r2132 Operating time Alarm value Alarm time "come" Alarm time "removed" Alarm times STW fault/alarm p2112 r2138 [2546.7] r2138.
PAGE 648
8070 – Fault/warning trigger word (r2129) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 [0] 0. Fault/alarm code [1] 1. Fault/alarm code [15] 15. Fault/alarm code Trigger word r2129 r2129 r2129.0 0. Message/signal present 1. Message/signal present Fault/alarm trigger word (e.g. as trigger condition to record traces) r2129.1 15. Message/signal present r2129.
PAGE 649
Fig. 2-135 8075 – Fault/warning configuration © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Changing the fault response for maximum 20 faults <1> F_no F response 0 ... 65535 p2100 (0) Changing the message type - fault <==> alarm for maximum 20 faults/alarms <1> Fault response 0 ... 6 p2101 (0) [0] 0. Fault code [0] Fault response [1] 1. Fault code [1] Fault response Msg_no Msg_type 0 ... 65535 p2118 (0) Message type 1 ...
PAGE 650
Function diagrams Data sets 2.
PAGE 651
Fig. 2-136 8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 Example: Change over command data set CDS0 --> CDS1 BI: p0810 = "0" CDS0 selected r0836.0 = 0 BI: p0810 = "1" CDS1 selected r0836.0 = 1 t t CDS0 effective r0050.0 = 0 Target CDS p0809[1] (1) Source CDS p0809[0] (0) CDS1 effective r0050.0 = 1 Start copy process p0809[2] (0) CDS selected r0836 r0836 .0 r0836.1 t CDS select.
PAGE 652
8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) DDS selected r0837 r0837.0 r0837.1 DDS count 1 ... 4 p0180 (1) DDS select., bit 0 p0820 [C] (0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 DDS select., bit 1 p0821 [C] (0) DDS3 A07530 "Drive data set does not exist" DDS2 DDS1 DDS effective r0051 r0051.0 r0051.1 DDS0 <1> Note Data sets can only be applied and cleared when p0010 = 15 is set.
PAGE 653
Faults and Alarms 3 Contents 3.1 Faults and Alarms – Overview 3-654 3.
PAGE 654
Faults and Alarms Faults and Alarms – Overview 3.1 Faults and Alarms – Overview 3.1.1 General information Indicating fault and alarm messages (faults and alarms) A message comprises a letter followed by the relevant number. The letter characterizes the message type and has the following meaning:  A means "Alarm"  F means "Fault"  N means "No Report" or "Internal Report" Brackets including the letters A, F, or N indicate that the message type can be changed, e.g.
PAGE 655
Faults and Alarms Faults and Alarms – Overview Differences between faults and alarms The differences between faults and alarms are as follows: Table 3-1 Differences between faults and alarms Type Faults Description What happens when a fault occurs?  The appropriate fault reaction is triggered.  Status bit ZSW1.3 is set.  The fault is entered in the fault buffer. How are faults eliminated?  Remove the original cause of the fault.  Acknowledge the fault.
PAGE 656
Faults and Alarms Faults and Alarms – Overview 3.1.2 Fault reactions Specifies the default reaction when a fault occurs. The optional brackets indicate whether the default fault reactions can be changed and which fault reactions can be adjusted via parameters (p2100, p2101). The following fault reactions are defined: Table 3-2 Fault reactions List PROFIdrive Reaction Description NONE - None No reaction when a fault occurs.
PAGE 657
Faults and Alarms Faults and Alarms – Overview 3.1.3 Acknowledgement of faults The list of faults and alarms specifies how to acknowledge each fault after the cause has been remedied. The optional brackets indicate whether the default acknowledgement can be changed and which acknowledgement can be adjusted via parameter (p2126, p2127). Table 3-3 Acknowledgement of faults Acknowledgement POWER ON Description The fault is acknowledged by a POWER ON process (switch drive unit off and on again).
PAGE 658
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms 3.2 List of Faults and Alarms Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4402900, Language: eng, Objects: CU230P-2 BT, CU230P-2 CAN, CU230P-2 DP, CU230P-2 HVAC F01000 Internal software error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - evaluate fault buffer (r0945). - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
PAGE 659
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms N01004 (F, A) Internal software error Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - read out diagnostics parameter (r9999). - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 660
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01015 Internal software error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 661
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01018 Booting has been interrupted several times Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: Module booting was interrupted several times. Possible reasons for booting being interrupted: - POWER OFF of the module. - CPU crash. - USER data invalid. After this fault is output, then the module is booted with the factory settings. Remedy: Power down the module and power it up again.
PAGE 662
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01033 Units changeover: Reference parameter value invalid Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: When changing over the units to the referred representation type, it is not permissible for any of the required reference parameters to be equal to 0.0 Fault value (r0949, parameter): Reference parameter whose value is 0.0.
PAGE 663
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01037 (A) ACX: Re-naming the parameter back-up file unsuccessful Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Re-naming after saving a parameter back-up file in the non-volatile memory was unsuccessful. One of the parameter back-up files to be re-named had the "read only" attribute. The parameter back-up files are saved in the directory \USER\SINAMICS\DATA. It is possible that the non-volatile memory is defective.
PAGE 664
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01039 (A) ACX: Writing to the parameter back-up file was unsuccessful Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Writing to at least one parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.*** in the non-volatile memory was unsuccessful. - In the directory /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/ at least one parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.*** has the "read only" file attribute and cannot be overwritten. - There is not sufficient free memory space available.
PAGE 665
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01042 Parameter error during project download Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: An error was detected when downloading a project using the commissioning software (e.g. incorrect parameter value). For the specified parameter, it was detected that dynamic limits were exceeded that may possibly depend on other parameters.
PAGE 666
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01044 CU: Descriptive data error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An error was detected when loading the descriptive data saved in the non-volatile memory. Remedy: Replace the memory card or Control Unit. A01045 Configuring data invalid Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: An error was detected when evaluating the parameter files PSxxxyyy.ACX, PTxxxyyy.ACX, CAxxxyyy.ACX, or CCxxxyyy.ACX saved in the non-volatile memory.
PAGE 667
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A01067 Buffer memory: 100 % fill level reached Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The non-volatile buffer memory for parameter changes is filled to 100%. All additional parameter changes will no longer be taken into account in the non-volatile buffer memory. However, parameter changes can still be made in the volatile memory (RAM).
PAGE 668
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01107 Save to memory card unsuccessful Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A data save to the memory card was not able to be successfully carried out. - Memory card defective - Insufficient space on memory card. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: The file on the RAM was not able to be opened. 2: The file on the RAM was not able to be read. 3: A new directory could not be created on the memory card.
PAGE 669
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01250 CU: CU-EEPROM incorrect read-only data Reaction: NONE (OFF2) Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: Error when reading the read-only data of the EEPROM in the Control Unit. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON. - replace the Control Unit.
PAGE 670
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01512 BICO: No scaling available Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An attempt was made to determine a conversion factor for a scaling that does not exist. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): Unit (e.g. corresponding to SPEED) for which an attempt was made to determine a factor. Remedy: Apply scaling or check the transfer value.
PAGE 671
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01662 Error internal communications Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: A module-internal communication error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 672
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01946 (A) PROFIBUS: Connection to the Publisher aborted Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The connection to at least one Publisher for PROFIBUS peer-to-peer data transfer in cyclic operation has been aborted. Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): Bit 0 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[0], connection aborted. ... Bit 15 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[15], connection aborted.
PAGE 673
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F03000 NVRAM fault on action Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault occurred during execution of action p7770 = 1, 2 for the NVRAM data. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): yyxx hex: yy = fault cause, xx = application ID yy = 1: The action p7770 = 1 is not supported by this version if Drive Control Chart (DCC) is activated for the drive object concerned.
PAGE 674
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A03520 (F, N) CU: Temperature sensor fault Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred. It is expected that an Ni1000 temperature sensor (p0756[2...3] = 6) or PT1000 p0756[2...3] = 7 is connected via the analog input. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 33: Analog input 2 (AI2) wire breakage or sensor not connected. 34: Analog input 2 (AI2) measured resistance too low (short circuit).
PAGE 675
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A05003 (N) Power unit: Internal overtemperature Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: For chassis power units, the following applies: The alarm threshold for internal overtemperature has been reached. If the temperature inside the power unit increases by an additional 5 K, then fault F30036 is triggered. Remedy: Check the following: - is the ambient temperature within the defined limit values? - has the fan failed? Check the direction of rotation.
PAGE 676
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F06922 Braking resistor phase failure Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Phase failure of a braking resistor detected. Fault values: 11 = phase U 12 = phase V 13 = phase W See also: p3235 (Phase failure signal motor monitoring time) Remedy: Check the feeder cables to the braking resistors.
PAGE 677
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07016 Drive: Motor temperature sensor fault Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: An error was detected when evaluating the temperature sensor set in p0601. Possible causes: - wire breakage or sensor not connected (KTY: R > 2120 Ohm). - measured resistance too low (PTC: R < 20 Ohm, KTY: R < 50 Ohm). Note: If alarm A07015 is present, the time in p0607 is started.
PAGE 678
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07082 Macro: Execution not possible Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The macro cannot be executed. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): ccccbbaa hex: cccc = preliminary parameter number, bb = supplementary information, aa = fault cause Fault causes for the trigger parameter itself: 19: Called file is not valid for the trigger parameter. 20: Called file is not valid for parameter 15. 21: Called file is not valid for parameter 700.
PAGE 679
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07086 Units changeover: Parameter limit violation due to reference value change Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A reference parameter was changed in the system. This resulted in the fact that for the parameters involved, the selected value was not able to be written in the per unit representation (cause: e.g. the steady-state minimum/maximum limit or that defined in the application was violated).
PAGE 680
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07311 Bypass motor switch Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Fault value (r0949, interpret bitwise binary): Bit 1: Switch "Closed" feedback signal missing. Bit 2: Switch "Open" feedback signal missing. Bit 3: Switch feedback signal too slow. After switching, the system waits for the positive feedback signal. If the feedback signal is received later than the specified time, then a fault trip (shutdown) is issued.
PAGE 681
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A07321 Drive: Automatic restart active Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The automatic restart (AR) is active. When the line supply returns and/or the causes of the existing faults are removed the drive is automatically restarted. The pulses are enabled and the motor starts to rotate. For p1210 = 26, the alarm after the line supply returns is also displayed if there is no fault and there is no ON command.
PAGE 682
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A07401 (N) Drive: DC link voltage maximum controller de-activated Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The Vdc_max controller can no longer maintain the DC link voltage (r0070) below the limit value (r1242, r1282) and was therefore switched out (disabled). - the line supply voltage is permanently higher than specified for the power unit. - the motor is permanently in the regenerative mode as a result of a load that is driving the motor.
PAGE 683
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07410 Drive: Current controller output limited Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The condition "I_act = 0 and Uq_set_1 longer than 16 ms at its limit" is present and can be caused by the following: - motor not connected or motor contactor open. - motor data and motor configuration (star-delta) do not match. - no DC link voltage present. - power unit defective. - the "flying restart" function is not activated.
PAGE 684
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07426 (A) Technology controller actual value limited Reaction: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The actual value for the technology controller, interconnected via connector input p2264, has reached a limit. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: upper limit reached. 2: lower limit reached. Remedy: - adapt the limits to the signal level (p2267, p2268). - check the scaling of the actual value (p2264).
PAGE 685
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07437 (A) Free tec_ctrl 1 actual value limited Reaction: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The actual value for the free technology controller 1 has reached the limit. The signal source for the actual value is set via connector input p11164. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: The actual value has reached the upper limit. 2: The actual value has reached the lower limit.
PAGE 686
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07800 Drive: No power unit present Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit parameters cannot be read or no parameters are stored in the power unit. Connection between Control Unit and power unit was interrupted or is defective. Note: This fault also occurs if an incorrect topology was selected in the commissioning software and this parameterization is then downloaded to the Control Unit.
PAGE 687
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07806 Drive: Regenerative power limit exceeded (F3E) Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRAKE) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For blocksize power units, types PM250 and PM260, the regenerative rated power r0206[2] was exceeded for more than 10 s. See also: r0206 (Rated power unit power), p1531 (Power limit regenerative) Remedy: - increase the down ramp. - reduce the driving load. - use a power unit with a higher regenerative feedback capability.
PAGE 688
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07860 (A) External fault 1 Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The BICO signal "external fault 1" was triggered. See also: p2106 (External fault 1) Remedy: Eliminate the causes of this fault. F07861 (A) External fault 2 Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The BICO signal "external fault 2" was triggered.
PAGE 689
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07902 (N, A) Drive: Motor stalled Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For a vector drive the system has identified that the motor has stall for a time longer than is set in p2178. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: Reserved. 2: Stall detection using r1408.12 (p1745).
PAGE 690
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A07920 Drive: Torque/speed too low Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: For p2193 = 1: The torque deviates from the torque/speed envelope characteristic (too low). For p2193 = 2: The speed signal from the external encoder (refer to p3230) deviates from the speed (r2169) (too low). See also: p2181 (Load monitoring response) Remedy: - check the connection between the motor and load. - adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load.
PAGE 691
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07925 Drive: Torque/speed out of tolerance Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For p2193 = 1: The torque deviates from the torque/speed envelope characteristic. For p2193 = 2: The speed signal from the external encoder (refer to p3230) deviates from the speed (r2169). Remedy: - check the connection between the motor and load. - adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load.
PAGE 692
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07967 Drive: Pole position identification internal fault Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the pole position identification routine. Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON. F07968 Drive: Lq-Ld measurement incorrect Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the Lq-Ld measurement.
PAGE 693
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07969 Drive: Incorrect pole position identification Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the pole position identification routine. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: Current controller limited 2: Motor shaft locked. 10: Stage 1: The ratio between the measured current and zero current is too low. 11: Stage 2: The ratio between the measured current and zero current is too low.
PAGE 694
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A07980 Drive: Rotating measurement activated Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The rotating measurement (automatic speed controller optimization) is activated. The rotating measurement is carried out at the next power-on command. See also: p1960 (Rotating measurement selection) Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm disappears automatically after the speed controller optimization has been successfully completed or for the setting p1900 = 0.
PAGE 695
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07984 Drive: Speed controller optimization, moment of inertia Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred while identifying the moment of inertia. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: The speed did not reach a steady-state condition. 2: The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the minimum limiting is active. 3.
PAGE 696
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07985 Drive: Speed controller optimization (oscillation test) Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the vibration test. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: The speed did not reach a steady-state condition. 2: The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the minimum limiting is active. 3: The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the suppression (skip) bandwidth is active.
PAGE 697
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07990 Drive: Incorrect motor data identification Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the identification routine. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: Current limit value reached. 2: Identified stator resistance lies outside the expected range 0.1 ... 100% of Zn. 3: Identified rotor resistance lies outside the expected range 0.1 ... 100% of Zn.
PAGE 698
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F08700 (A) CAN: Communications error Reaction: OFF3 (NONE, OFF1, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A CAN communications error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: The error counter for the send telegrams has exceeded the BUS OFF value 255. The bus disables the CAN controller. - bus cable short circuit. - incorrect baud rate. - incorrect bit timing.
PAGE 699
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A08752 CAN: Error counter for error passive exceeded Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The error counter for the send or receive telegrams has exceeded the value 127. Remedy: - check the bus cable - set a higher baud rate (p8622). - check the bit timing and if required optimize (p8623).
PAGE 700
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A08759 CAN: PDO COB-ID already available Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: An existing PDO COB-ID was allocated. Remedy: Select another PDO COB-ID. F30001 Power unit: Overcurrent Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has detected an overcurrent condition. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame). - U/f operation: Up ramp set too low.
PAGE 701
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30003 Power unit: DC link voltage, undervoltage Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has detected an undervoltage condition in the DC link. - line supply failure - line supply voltage below the permissible value. - line phase interrupted. Note: The monitoring threshold for the DC link undervoltage is the minimum of the following values: - for a calculation, refer to p0210.
PAGE 702
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30012 Power unit: Temperature sensor heat sink wire breakage Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The connection to a heat sink temperature sensor in the power unit is interrupted.
PAGE 703
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30017 Power unit: Hardware current limit has responded too often Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The hardware current limitation in the relevant phase (see A30031, A30032, A30033) has responded too often. The number of times the limit has been exceeded depends on the design and type of power unit. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - fault in the motor or in the power cables.
PAGE 704
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30024 Power unit: Overtemperature thermal model Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The temperature difference between the heat sink and chip has exceeded the permissible limit value. - the permissible load duty cycle was not maintained. - insufficient cooling, fan failure. - overload. - ambient temperature too high. - pulse frequency too high. See also: r0037 (Power unit temperatures) Remedy: - adapt the load duty cycle.
PAGE 705
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30027 Power unit: Precharging DC link time monitoring Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit DC link was not able to be pre-charged within the expected time. 1) There is no line supply voltage connected. 2) The line contactor/line side switch has not been closed. 3) The line supply voltage is too low. 4) Line supply voltage incorrectly set (p0210).
PAGE 706
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A30031 Power unit: Hardware current limiting, phase U Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Hardware current limit for phase U responded. The pulsing in this phase is inhibited for one pulse period. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - fault in the motor or in the power cables. - the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length. - motor load too high - power unit defective.
PAGE 707
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A30034 Power unit: Internal overtemperature Reaction: Acknowledge: Cause: NONE NONE The alarm threshold for internal overtemperature has been reached. If the temperature inside the unit continues to increase, fault F30036 may be triggered. - ambient temperature might be too high. - insufficient cooling, fan failure. Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): Bit 0 = 1: Control electronics range. Bit 1 = 1: Power electronics range. - check the ambient temperature.
PAGE 708
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A30042 Power unit: Fan operating time reached or exceeded Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The maximum operating time of the fan in the power unit is set in p0252. This message indicates the following: Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 0: The maximum fan operating time is 500 hours. 1: The maximum fan operating time has been exceeded. Remedy: Replace the fan in the power unit and reset the operating hours counter to 0 (p0251 = 0).
PAGE 709
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30074 (A) Communication error between the Control Unit and Power Module Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Communications between the Control Unit and Power Module via the interface no longer possible. The Control Unit may have been withdrawn or is incorrectly inserted. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): 0 hex: The Control Unit was withdrawn from the Power Module during operation.
PAGE 710
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30081 Power unit: Switching operations too frequent Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has executed too many switching operations for current limitation. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame). - U/f operation: Up ramp set too low. - U/f operation: rated current of motor much greater than that of power unit. - power cables are not correctly connected.
PAGE 711
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30664 Error while booting Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An error has occurred during booting. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline. Remedy: N30800 (F) Power unit: Group signal Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The power unit has detected at least one fault.
PAGE 712
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30850 Power unit: Internal software error Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred in the power unit. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - replace power unit. - if required, upgrade the firmware in the power unit. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 713
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F50511 FBLOCKS: Memory no longer available for free function blocks Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: When the free function blocks were activated, more memory was requested than was available on the Control Unit. Remedy: Not necessary.
PAGE 715
A Appendix Contents A.1 ASCII Table (excerpt) A-716 A.
PAGE 716
Appendix ASCII Table (excerpt) A.1 ASCII Table (excerpt) The following table contains the decimal and hexadecimal notation of selected ASCII indications.
PAGE 717
List of Abbreviations B Abbreviations used with the SINAMICS G120 Products: Abbreviation Meaning A AC Alternating Current A/D Analog Digital Converter ADR Address AFM Additional Frequency Modification AG Automation Unit AI Analog Input AK Request Identifier AO Analog Output AOP Advanced Operator Panel ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit ASP Analog Setpoint ASVM Asymmetric Space Vector Modulation B BCC Block Check Character BCD Binary-Coded Decimal Code BI Binector I
PAGE 718
List of Abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning CU Control Unit CW Clockwise D D/A Digital Analog Converter DC Direct Current DDS Drive Data Set DI Digital Input DIP DIP Switch DO Digital Output DP Distributed I/Os DS Drive State E ECD Equivalent Circuit Diagram EEC European Economic Community EEPROM Electrical Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMF Electromagnetic Force ES Engineering System F FAQ Freq
PAGE 719
List of Abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning H HIW Main Actual Value HMI Human Machine Interface HO High Overload (Constant Torque) HSW Main Setpoint HTL High-Threshold Logic I IASC Internal Armature Short-Circuit IBN Commissioning IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor I/O Input/Output IOP Intelligent Operator Panel J JOG Jogging K KIB Kinetic Buffering L LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode LGE Length LO Light Overload (Variable Torque) LSTO Latched Safe To
PAGE 720
List of Abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning PKW Parameter ID Value Area (Parameter Kennung Wert) PLC Programmable Logic Control PM Power Module PM-IF Power Module Interface PPO Parameter Process Data Object PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient PWE Parameter Value PWM Pulse-Width Modulation pxxxx Write parameter PZD Process Data Area (Prozessdaten) Q QC Quick Commissioning R RAM Random Access Memory RCCB Residual Current Circuit Breaker RCD Residual Current Device RFG Ramp-Func
PAGE 721
List of Abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning Z ZSW Status Word ZUSW Additional Setpoint © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual (LH9), 06/2011 B-721
PAGE 723
C Index Numbers 1020 Explanation of the symbols (Part 1), 2-500 1021 Explanation of the symbols (Part 2), 2-501 1022 Explanation of the symbols (Part 3), 2-502 1030 Handling BICO technology, 2-503 1520 PROFIdrive/PROFIBUS, 2-505 1530 Internal control/status words, data sets, 2-506 1550 Setpoint channel, 2-507 1690 Vector control, V/f control, 2-508 1700 Vector control, speed control and generation of the torque limits, 2-509 1710 Vector control, current control, 2-510 1750 Monitoring functions, faults, ala
PAGE 724
Index 2522 Status word, speed controller, 2-558 2526 Status word, closed-loop control, 2-559 2530 Status word, current control, 2-560 2534 Status word, monitoring functions 1, 2-561 2536 Status word, monitoring functions 2, 2-562 2537 Status word, monitoring functions 3, 2-563 2546 Control word, faults/alarms, 2-564 2548 Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2, 2-565 2634 Sequence control - Missing enable signals, 2-566 3010 Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2), 2-568 3011 Fixed speed setpoints,
PAGE 725
Index 7210 AND (AND function block with 4 inputs), 2-603 7212 OR (OR function block with 4 inputs), 2-604 7214 XOR (XOR function block with 4 inputs), 2-605 7216 NOT (inverter), 2-606 7220 ADD (adder with 4 inputs), SUB (subtracter), 2-607 7222 MUL (multiplier), DIV (divider), 2-608 7224 AVA (absolute value generators), 2-609 7225 NCM (numerical comparator), 2-610 7226 PLI (scaling polyline), 2-611 7230 MFP (pulse generator), PCL (pulse shortener), 2-612 7232 PDE (switch-in delay), 2-613 7233 PDF (switch-o
PAGE 726
Index 9204 Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2), 2-543 9206 Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1), 2-544 9208 Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2), 2-545 9210 Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1), 2-546 9220 Control word, CANopen, 2-547 9226 Status word, CANopen, 2-548 9310 Configuration, addresses and diagnostics, 2-522 9342 STW1 control word interconnection, 2-523 9352 ZSW1 status word interconnection, 2-524 9360 Receive telegram, free interconnection vi
PAGE 727
Index Function diagrams CANopen Control word, CANopen, 2-547 Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2), 2-543 Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1), 2-544 Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2), 2-545 Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1), 2-546 Status word, CANopen, 2-548 Function diagrams Data sets Command Data Sets (CDS), 2-651 Drive Data Sets (DDS), 2-652 Function diagrams Faults and warnings Fault buffer, 2-646 Fault/warning configuration, 2-649 Fault/warning
PAGE 728
Index Function diagrams Internal control/status words Control word 1 (r0054), 2-555 Control word 2 (r0055), 2-556 Control word, faults/alarms, 2-564 Control word, sequence control, 2-550 Control word, setpoint channel, 2-552 Control word, speed controller, 2-557 Sequence control - Missing enable signals, 2-566 Status word 1 (r0052), 2-553 Status word 2 (r0053), 2-554 Status word, closed-loop control, 2-559 Status word, current control, 2-560 Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2, 2-565 Status word, monitoring
PAGE 729
Index Function diagrams Signals and monitoring functions Load monitoring, 2-639 Monitoring functions 1, 2-643 Monitoring functions 2, 2-644 Speed signals 1, 2-636 Speed signals 2, 2-637 Thermal I2t motor model (PEM, p0300 = 2xx), 2-642 Thermal monitoring, motor, 2-641 Thermal monitoring, power module, 2-640 Torque signals, motor locked/stalled, 2-638 Function diagrams Technology controller Closed-loop control, 2-634 Fixed values, binary selection (p2216 = 2), 2-631 Fixed values, direct selection (p2216 = 1
PAGE 730
Index Lists Abbreviations, B-717 ASCII Table, A-716 Binector Input Parameters, 1-480 Binector Output Parameters, 1-484 Command Data Sets, 1-470 Connector Input Parameters, 1-482 Connector Output Parameters, 1-486 Connector/Binector Output Parameters, 1-489 Drive Data Sets, 1-472 Fault- and Alarm messages, 3-658 List of motor code, A-716 Motor Data Sets, 1-477 Parameters all, 1-17 Power module Data Sets, 1-479 Quick commissioning, 1-491 M Motorized potentiometer, 2-633 Multi Zone Control, 2-625 N Name Par
PAGE 731
PAGE 732
Siemens AG Industry Sector Drive Technologies Motion Control Systems Postfach 3180 91050 ERLANGEN GERMANY Subject to change without prior notice © Siemens AG 2011 www.siemens.